-
41 μνῆμα
μνῆμα, ατος, τό (μνάομαι [in sense of ‘be mindful of, remember’], μιμνῄσκω) lit. a ‘sign of remembrance’, esp. for the dead (Hom. et al.), then gener. grave, tomb (Hdt., Pla. et al.; SIG 1221; 1237, 3; BGU 1024 IV, 23; LXX; TestSim 8:3; ParJer 9:32; Philo; Jos., Ant. 7, 19; 8, 240; Just., D. 10, 82 [Mt 28:13]) Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1 (μνημεῖον v.l.); Ac 2:29 (David’s μ. Jos., Ant. 7, 393); GPt 8:30–32; 11:44; 12:50, 52. κατατιθέναι ἐν μ. lay in a tomb Mk 15:46a v.l.; cp. Ac 7:16. τιθέναι ἐν μ. λαξευτῷ lay in a rock-hewn tomb Lk 23:53. τιθέναι εἰς μνῆμα Rv 11:9 (for the idea s. Jos., Bell. 4, 317). Dwelling-place of possessed pers. Mk 5:3, 5; Lk 8:27.—On function of the μ. s. SEG XL, no. 1650 w. reff.—M-M. TW.—S. the foll. entry. -
42 ἐπιβάλλω
ἐπιβάλλω (s. βάλλω) fut. ἐπιβαλῶ LXX; 2 aor. ἐπέβαλον, 3 pl. ἐπέβαλαν Mk 14:46 v.l.; Ac 21:27 v.l. (W-S. §13, 13; Mlt-H. 208); pf. 2 sg. ἐπιβέβληκας Ex 20:25. Pass.: fut. 3 sg. ἐπιβληθήσεται LXX; aor. 3 sg. ἐπεβλήθη LXX (Hom.+).① to put on, trans., act.ⓐ throw over τί τινι someth. on someone: βρόχον a noose 1 Cor 7:35 (perh. w. ref. to a halter that would help keep the wearers in check: ‘keep you on a tight rein’ REB). τί ἐπί τι Rv 18:19 v.l.ⓑ lay on, put on ἱμάτιόν τινι (Lev 19:19.—Od. 14, 520 χλαῖναν) Mk 11:7; without the dat. 10:50 v.l. τὴν χεῖρα lay the hand (Dt 15:10) ἐπί τι on someth. Lk 9:62. τὰς χεῖρας hands τινί on someone violently (Polyb. 3, 2, 8; 3, 5, 5; Lucian, Tim. 4; UPZ 106, 19 [99 B.C.]; Jos., Bell. 2, 491; Esth 6:2; Just., D. 95, 4) Mk 14:46; Ac 4:3. Also ἐπί τινα (PLeid G 19 [II B.C.], H 26) Mt 26:50; Lk 20:19; 21:12; J 7:44 (ἔβαλεν v.l.); Ac 5:18; 21:27 (Just., D. 93, 4 μέχρις … τοῦ Χριστοῦ ‘even on the Messiah’). The sing. τ. χεῖρα in this connection is rare (Aristoph., Nub. 933, Lysistr. 440; Gen 22:12; 2 Km 18:12) no one laid a hand on him J 7:30. ἐ. τὰς χεῖρας foll. by inf. of purpose Ac 12:1; ἐπίβλημα ἐπὶ ἱματίῳ Mt 9:16; ἐπὶ ἱμάτιον Lk 5:36.② set to, intr., act.ⓐ throw oneself or beat upon (Pla., Phdr. 248a; Polyb. 5, 18, 3; 1 Macc 4:2) break over τὰ κύματα εἰς τὸ πλοῖον the waves broke over the boat Mk 4:37.ⓑ The mng. of καὶ ἐπιβαλὼν ἔκλαιεν Mk 14:72 is in doubt. Theophylact. offers a choice betw. ἐπικαλυψάμενος τ. κεφαλήν (so ASchlatter, Zürcher Bibel ’31; Field, Notes 41–43; but in that case τὸ ἱμάτιον could scarcely be omitted) and ἀρξάμενος, which latter sense is supported by the v.l. ἤρξατο κλαίειν and can mean begin (PTebt 50, 12 [112/111 B.C.] ἐπιβαλὼν συνέχωσεν=‘he set to and dammed up’ [Mlt. 131f]; Diogen. Cyn. in Diog. L. 6, 27 ἐπέβαλε τερετίζειν). The transl. would then be and he began to weep (EKlostermann; OHoltzmann; JSchniewind; CCD; s. also B-D-F §308). Others (BWeiss; HHoltzmann; 20th Cent.; Weymouth; L-S-J-M) proceed fr. the expressions ἐ. τὸν νοῦν or τὴν διάνοιαν (Diod S 20, 43, 6) and fr. the fact that ἐ. by itself, used w. the dat., can mean think of (M. Ant. 10, 30; Plut., Cic. 862 [4, 4]; Ath. 7, 1 ‘deal with a problem’), to the mng. and he thought of it, or when he reflected on it., viz. Jesus’ prophecy. Wlh. ad loc. has urged against this view that it is made unnecessary by the preceding ἀνεμνήσθη κτλ. Least probable of all is the equation of ἐπιβαλών with ἀποκριθείς (HEwald) on the basis of Polyb. 1, 80, 1; 22, 3, 8; Diod S 13, 28, 5 ἐπιβαλὼν ἔφη. Both REB (‘he burst into tears’) and NRSV (‘he broke down and wept’) capture the sense. Prob. Mk intends the reader to understand a wild gesture connected with lamentation (s. EdeMartino, Morte e pianto rituale nel mondo antico, ’58, esp. 195–235).③ to be scheduled for someone’s possession, fall to, belong to, intr., act. an extension of mng. 2, τὸ ἐπιβάλλον μέρος the part that falls to someone (Diod S 14, 17, 5; SIG 346, 36; 546 B, 19; 1106, 80; POxy 715, 13ff; PFouad 25 verso I, 12f; PFay 93, 8; cp. Tob 6:12; Ath., R. 49, 2 τῆς ἐπιβαλλούσης ἑκάστῳ χώρας ‘the place appropriate to each’—Dssm., NB 57 [BS 230]) Lk 15:12 (JDerrett, Law in the NT ’70, 106). Impers. ἐπιβάλλει τινί someone has opportunity or it is proper for someone (Polyb. 18, 51, 1; OGI 443, 10; UPZ 110, 10 [164 B.C.] πᾶσιν ἐπιβάλλει; Tob 3:17; Jos., Bell. 1, 434, Ant. 19, 6) Pol 1:1. Lk 15:12 that which belongs to me, ‘is coming to me’.④ to apply oneself earnestly to someth., take someth. upon oneself, undertake (lit. ‘throw oneself upon’), mid. w. acc. (Thu. 6, 40, 2; UPZ 41, 26 [161/160 B.C.] πᾶν ὸ̔ ἂν ἐπιβάλλησθε; Just., D. 68, 1 w. inf.) πρᾶξιν Hm 10, 2, 2. πολλά Hs 6, 3, 5.—M-M. TW. -
43 ἐπί
ἐπί, Thess. (before τ)Aἐτ IG9(2).517.14
(iii B. C.), Prep. with gen., dat., and acc., to denote the being upon or supported upon a surface or point.A WITH GEN.:I of Place,1 with Verbs of Rest, upon,καθέζετ' ἐ. θρόνου Il.1.536
;ἧστο.. ὑψοῦ ἐπ' ἀκροτάτης κορυφῆς 13.12
;ἐ. πύργου ἔστη 16.700
;κεῖται ἐ. χθονός 20.345
: without a Verb expressed, ἔγχεα ὄρθ' ἐ. σαυρωτῆρος (sc. σταθέντα)ἐλήλατο 10.153
; ἔκλαγξαν ὀϊστοὶ ἐπ' ὤμων the arrows on his shoulders, 1.46; ἐ. γῆς, opp. ὑπὸ γῆς, Pl.Lg. 728a: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, as on a chariot, a horse, a ship, φεύγωμεν ἐφ' ἵππων on our chariot, Il.24.356;οὐκ ἂν ἐφ' ὑμετ έρων ὀχέων.. ἵκεσθον 8.455
;ἄγαγε.. δῶρ' ἐπ' ἀπήνης 24.447
;ἐπὶ τῆς ἁμάξης.. ὠχέετο Hdt.1.31
;ἐπὶ τῶν ἵππων ὀχεῖσθαι X.Cyr.4.5.58
;οὓς κῆρες φορέουσι.. ἐ. νηῶν Il.8.528
;πέμπειν τινὰς ἐ. τριήροιν X.HG5.4.56
, etc.;ἐπ' ὤμου.. φέρειν Od.10.170
; τὴν κλεῖδα περιφέρειν ἐφ' ἑαυτοῦ to carry the key about on his person, Numen. ap. Eus.PE14.7; βαδιοῦνται ἐ. δυοῖν σκελοῖν, ἐφ' ἑνὸς πορεύσονται σκέλους, Pl.Smp. 190d; ἐπ' ἄκρων ὁδοιπορεῖν walk on tiptoe, S.Aj. 1230; of places, upon, if the place is an actual support,νέρθε κἀπὶ γῆς ἄνω Id.OT 416
; ἐ. τοῦ εὐωνύμον on the left, ἐ. τῶν πλευρῶν on the flanks, X.An.1.8.9,3.2.36; but most freq., in, rarely in Hom., ἐπ' ἀγροῦ in the country. Od. 1.190;γᾶς ἐ. ξένας S.OC 1705
(lyr.);νήσου τῆσδ' ἐφ' ἧς ναίει Id.Ph. 613
;ἐ. ξένας δμωῒς ἐπ' ἀλλοτρίας πόλεος E.Andr. 137
(lyr.);οἱ ἐ. Θρᾴκης σύμμαχοι Th.5.35
;τοὺς ἐ. τῆς Ἀσίας κατοικοῦντας Isoc.12.103
; ἐπ' οἰκήματος κατίσαι, καθῆσθαι, in a brothel, Hdt.2.121.έ, Pl. Chrm. 163b;τοὺς ἐ. τῶν οἰκημάτων καθεζομένους Aeschin.1.74
;ἐ. τῶν ἐργαστηρίων καθίζειν Isoc.7.15
; μένειν ἐ. τῆς αὐτῶν (sc. χώρας ) remain in statu quo, Indut. ap. Th.4.118;οἱ ἐπ' ἐρημίας λῃστεύοντες Jul. Or.7.210a
; later of towns,ἐπ' Ἀλεξανδρείας BGU908.16
(ii A.D.), etc.; sts. also, at or near, ἐπ' αὐτάων (sc. τῶν πηγῶν) Il.22.153;κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Ποσιδηΐου Hdt.7.115
; αἱ ἐ. Λήμνου ἐπικείμεναι νῆσοι off Lemnos, ib.6 codd.; τὰ ἐ. Θρᾴκης the Thrace- ward region, Th.1.59, cf. IG12.45.17, etc.; ποταμοὶ ἐφ' ὧν ἔξεστιν ἡμῖν ταμιεύεσθαι.. on, i.e. near which.., X.An.2.5.18; ἐ. τῶν τραπεζῶν at the money-changers' tables, Pl.Ap. 17c; in Geom., αἱ ἐφ' ὧν AA BB [ γραμμαί] the lines AA BB, Arist.EN 1132b6, etc.; ἕλιξ ἐφ' ἇς τὰ ΑΒΓΔ a spiral ABCD, Archim.Spir.13 (cf. B.1.1k); also ἐ. τοῦ βάτου in the passage concerning the bush, Ev.Marc.12.26.2 in various relations not strictly local, μένειν ἐ. τῆς ἀρχῆς remain in the command, X.Ages.1.37; μένειν ἐ. τινος abide by it, D.4.9; ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων, ἐ. τοῦ πολεμεῖν εἶναι, to be engaged in.., Id.15.11, Prooem.1; ἐ. ὀνόματος εἶναι bear a name, Id.39.21;ἔχεται πόλις ἐ. νόσου S.Ant. 1141
(lyr.).b of ships, ὁρμεῖν ἐπ' ἀγκύρας ride at (i.e. in dependence upon an) anchor, Hdt.7.188; ἐ. προσπόλου μιᾶς χωρεῖν dependent upon an attendant, S.OC 746.c with the personal and reflexive Pron., once in Hom.,εὔχεσθε.. σιγῇ ἐφ' ὑμείων Il.7.195
; later mostly with [ per.] 3rd pers., ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν κεῖσθαι by themselves, Hdt.2.2, cf. 8.32;οἰκέειν κώμην Id.5.98
;ἐ. σφῶν αὐτῶν αὐτόνομοι οἰκεῖν Th.2.63
;ἵζεσθαι Hdt.9.17
;ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν πλεῖν Th.8.8
; ἐπ' ὑμέων αὐτῶν βαλέσθαι consider it by yourselves, Hdt.3.71, etc.;αὐτὴ ἐφ' αὑτῆς σκοποῦσα Th.6.40
; ; ἐπ' ἑωυτῶν διαλέγονται speak in a dialect of their own, Hdt. 1.142; alsoαὐτοὶ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν χωρεῖν X. An.2.4.10
; , cf. Sph. 217c; τὸ ἐφ' ἑαυτῶν μόνον προορώμενοι considering their own interest only, th.1.17.d with numerals, to denote the depth of a body of soldiers, ἐ. τεττάρων ταχφῆναι to be drawn up four deep, four in file, X.An.1.2.15, etc.; ἐ. πεντήκοντα ἀσπίδων συνεστραμμένοι, of the Thebansat Leuctra, Id.HG 6.4.12; ἐπ' ὀλίγων τεταγμένοι, i.e. in a long thin line, Id.An.4.8.11; ; ἐφ' ἑνὸς ἄγειν in single file, X.Cyr.2.4.2, cf. An.5.2.6; rarely of the length of the line,ἐ. τεσσάρων ταξάμενοι τὰς ναῦς Th.2.90
; in X.,ἐγένοντο τὸ μέτωπον ἐ. τριακοσίων.. τὸ δὲ βάθος ἐφ' ἑκατόν Cyr.2.4.2
; πλεῖν ἐ. κέρως, ἐ. κέρας, v. infr. c.1.3; ἐ. φάλαγγος γίγνεται τὸ στράτευμα is formed in column, An.4.6.6, etc. (but in E.Ph. 1467, ἀσπίδων ἔπι is merely in or under arms): hence, generally, ἐ. ὀκτὼ πλίνθων τὸ εὖρος eight bricks wide, X.An.7.8.14.e c. gen. pers., before, in presence of,ἐ. μαρτύρων.. πράσσεταί τι Antipho 2.3.8
;ἐξελέγχεσθαι ἐ. πάντων D.25.36
; so, before a magistrate or official,ἐ. τοῦ στρατηγοῦ POxy. 38.11
(i A.D.), cf. UPZ71.15 (ii B.C.), Ev.Matt.28.14;γράψομαί σε ἐ. Ῥαδαμάνθυος Luc.Cat.18
;τινὰ εἰς δίκην καὶ κρίσιν ἐ. τῶν στρατοπέδων προκαλεῖν Jul.Or.1.30d
;πίστεις δοῦναι ἐ. θεῶν D.H.5.29
; but ἐπὶ δικασταῖς is f.l. in D.19.243 (leg. ἔπη).f with Verbs of perceiving, observing, judging, etc., in the case of,ἐπὶ νούσων παντοίων ἐπύθοντο Emp.112.10
;ὁρᾶν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.3.9.3
;αἰσθάνεσθαί τι ἐ. τινος Pl.R. 406c
, etc.;τὴν γνώμην ἔχειν ἐ. τινος Hyp.Eux.32
;τὰ συμβόλαια ἐ. τῶν νόμων σκοπεῖν D.18.210
; ἐπ' αὐτῶν τῶν ἔργων ἂν ἐσκόπει ib.233, cf. 25.2 (v.l.);ἐφ' ἑνός τι παριδεῖν Lycurg.64
;τὰς ἐναντιώσεις ἐ. μὲν τῶν λόγων τηροῦντες, ἐ. δὲ τῶν ἔργων μὴ καθορῶντες Isoc.13.7
;οὐδεὶς ἐφ' αὑτοῦ τὰ κακὰ συνορᾷ Men.631
;ἀγνοεῖν τι ἐ. τινος X.Mem.2.3.2
; also with Verbs of speaking, on a subject,λέγειν ἐ. τινος Pl.Chrm. 155d
, R. 524e, etc.;ἐπιδεῖξαί τι ἐ. τινος Isoc.8.109
; .3 implying Motion:a where the sense of motion is lost in the sense of being supported, ὀρθωθεὶς.. ἐπ' ἀγκῶνος having raised himself upon his elbow, Il.10.80;ἐ. μελίης.. ἐρεισθείς 22.225
;τὴν μὲν.. καθεῖσεν ἐ. θρόνου 18.389
.b in a pregnant sense, denoting the goal of motion (cf.εἰς A.1.2
,ἐν A.1.8
), νῆα.. ἐπ' ἠπείροιο ἔρυσσαν drew the ship upon the land and left it there, 1.485; περάαν νήσων ἔπι carry to the islands and leave there, 21.454, cf.22.45;ἐ. τῆς γῆς καταπίπτειν X.Cyr.4.5.54
; ἀναβῆναι ἐ. τῶν πύργων ib.7.1.39;ἐπ' Ἀβύδου ἀφικομέναις Th.8.79
(v.l.); freq. of motion towards or (in a military sense) upon a place,προτρέποντο μελαινάων ἐ. νηῶν Il.5.700
;τρέσσε.. ἐφ' ὁμίλου 11.546
(but νήσου ἔ. Ψυρίης νέεσθαι to go near Psyria, Od.3.171); ἐπ' οἴκου ἀπελαύνειν, ἀναχωρεῖν, ἀποχωρεῖν, homewards, Hdt.2.121.δ, Th.1.30,87, etc.; also with names of places,ἰέναι ἐ. Κυζίκου Hdt.4.14
;πλεῖν ἐ. Χίου Id.1.164
, cf. 168; ἀποπλεῖν ἐπ' αἰγύπτου ib. 1;ἀπαλλάσσεσθαι ἐ. Θεσσαλίης Id.5.64
; ὁ κόλπος ὁ ἐ. Παγασέων φέρων the bay that leads to Pagasae, Id.7.193; ἡ ἐ. βαβυλῶνος ὁδός the road leading to B., X.Cyr. 5.3.45, cf.An.6.3.24.c metaph., ἐ. γνώμης τινὸς γίγνεσθαι come to an opinion, D.4.7;ἐπ' ἐλπίδος γενέσθαι Plu.Sol.14
; ὡς ἐ. κινδύνου as if to meet danger, Th.6.34;ἐ. τοῦ ἀλύπως ζῆν
with a view to..,Pl.
Prt. 358b; cf. infr. B. 111.2.II of Time, in the time of,ἐ. προτέρων ἀνθρώπων Il.5.637
,23.332;ἐ. Κρόνου Hes.Op. 111
; ἐ. Κέκροπος, ἐ. Δαρείου, etc., Hdt.8.44,6.98, etc.;ἐ. τῶν τριάκοντα Lys.13.2
;ὀλιγαρχία ἡ ἐ. τῶν τετρακοσίων καταστᾶσα Isoc.8.108
; ἐ. τούτου τυραννεύοντος, ἐ. Λέοντος βασιλεύοντος, ἐ. Μήδων ἀρχόντων, etc., Hdt.1.15,65, 134, etc.;ἐ. τῆς ἐμῆς βασιλείας Isoc.3.32
; ἐπ' ἐμεῦ in my time, Hdt.1.5, 2.46, etc.;ἡ εἰρήνη ἡ ἐπ' Ἀνταλκίδου D.20.54
, cf. X.HG5.1.36;αἱ ἐπ' Ἀσδρούβα γενόμεναι ὁμολογίαι Plb.3.15.5
; ἐπ' εἰρήνης in time of peace, Il.2.797, 9.403;ἐπ' ἐμῆς νεότητος Ar.Ach. 211
(lyr.);ἐ. Λάχητος καὶ τοῦ προτέρου πολέμου Th.6.6
; ἐπ' ἡμέρης ἑκάστης v.l. for -ῃ -τῃ in Hdt.5.117.b later ἐ. δείπνου at dinner, Luc.Asin.3; ἐ. τῆς τραπέζης, ἐφ' ἑκάστης κύλικος, Plu.Alex.23; ἐ. τῆς κύλικος, ἐ. τοῦ ποτηρίου, Luc.Pisc.34, Plu.Alex.53.III in various causal senses:1 over, of persons in authority,ἐπ' οὗ ἐτάχθημεν Hdt.5.109
; οἱ ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων the public officers, D.18.247; freq. in forged decrees, ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὅπλων στρατηγός ib.38; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν, τῶν ἱππέων, ib.116; ὁ ἐ. τῆς διοικήσεως ib.38 (but cf. c. 111.3); τοῦ ἐ. τῶν ὁπλιτῶν is f.l. in Lys. 32.5;ὁ ἐ. τῆς χώρας στρατηγός Plu.Phoc.32
;οἱ ἐ. τῶν σιτοποιῶν καὶ μαγείρων Id.Alex.23
;ὁ ἐ. τοῦ οἴνου Id.Pyrrh.5
; ὁ ἐ. τῶν ἐπιστολῶν τοῦ Ὄθωνος, = Lat. ab epistulis, his secretary, Id.Oth.9; cf. B. 111.6.2 κεκλῆσθαι ἐ. τινος to be called after him, Hdt.4.45;ἐ. τινος μετονομασθῆναι Id.1.94
:ἐ. τινος τὰς ἐπωνυμίας ἔχειν Id.4.107
; ἐ. τινος ἐπώνυμος γίγνεσθαι ib. 184; alsoἐπ' ὀνόματος καλεῖν Plb.5.35.2
.3 of occasions, circumstances, and conditions, οὐκ ἐ. τούτου μόνον, ἀλλ' ἐ. πάντων, on all occasions, D.21.38, cf. 183;ἐφ' ἑκάστων Pl.Phlb. 25e
;ἐφ' ἑκατέρου Id.Tht. 159c
;ἐφ' ἑκάστης μαντείας D.21.54
; ἐπ' ἐξουσίας καὶ πλούτου πονηρὸν εἶναι in.. ib.138; ἐ. τῆς ἀληθείας καὶ τοῦ πράγματος ib.72, cf. 18.17;τὴν ἐ. τῆς πομπῆς καὶ τοῦ μεθύειν πρόφασιν λαβών Id.21.180
;ἐ. σχολῆς Aeschin.3.191
;ἐπ' ἀδείας Plu. Sol.22
;ἐπ' ἀληθείας Ev.Marc.12.14
, POxy.255.16 (i A.D.): hence in adverbial phrases, ἐπ' ἴσας (sc. μοίρας) equally, S.El. 1062 (lyr.);ἐ. καιροῦ D.20.90
; ἐπ' ἐσχάτων at the last, LXXDe.17.7 (v.l. ἐσχάτῳ) ; ἐπὶ τοῦ παρόντος for the present, SIG543.6 (Epist. Philipp.).4 in respect of,ἐ. τῶν πραγμάτων Arist.Pol. 1280a17
, cf. EN 1131b18; concerning,τὰ ἐπ' αὐτῶν ἐνεστηκότα PTeb.7.6
(ii B. C.).B WITH DAT.:I of Place, upon, just like the gen. (hence Poets use whichever case suits the metre, whereas in Prose the dat. is more freq.):1 with Verbs of Rest,ἕζεο τῷδ' ἐ. δίφρῳ Il.6.354
;ἧντ' ἐ. πύργῳ 3.153
;στῆ δ' ἐ... νηΐ 8.222
;κεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι X.An.1.8.27
; καίειν ἐ. πᾶσι (sc. βωμοῖς) Il.8.240;ἔβραχε χαλκὸς ἐ. στήθεσσι 4.420
;ἐ. χθονὶ δέρκεσθαι 1.88
, etc.: also with Verbs of Motion, where the subject rests upon something, (v.l. for ἐν); ἐπ' ὤμοις φέρειν E.Ph. 1131
(but ἐφ' ἵππῳ, ἐφ' ἵπποις and the like are never used for ἐφ' ἵππου, etc.); of places, mostly in,ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ Hdt.5.77
;τἀπὶ Τροίᾳ πέργαμα S.Ph. 353
;ἐπ' ἐσχάτοις τόποις Id.Tr. 1100
;ἐ. τῇ ψυχῇ δάκνομαι Id.Ant. 317
; also, at or near,ἐ. κρήνῃ Od.13.408
;ἐ. θύρῃσι Il.2.788
, etc.; of rivers, etc., by, beside,ἐ. ὠκυρόῳ Κελάδοντι.. 7.133
, etc.;ἐπ' ἐσχάρῃ Od.7.160
;ἐ. νηυσί Il.1.559
, etc.; of persons, οὐ τἀπὶ Λυδοῖς οὐδ' ἐπ' Ὀμφάλῃ λατρεύματα in Lydia, in the power of O., S.Tr. 356.b on or over, ἐπ' Ἰφιδάμαντι over the body of Iphidamas, Il.11.261, cf. 4.470; ; also, over or in honour of,ἐ. σοὶ κατέθηκε.. ἄεθλα Od.24.91
; [βοῦς] ἐ. Πατρόκλῳ πέφνεν Il. 23.776
; , cf. Lys.2.80; in [dialect] Dor. and [dialect] Aeol.sepulchral Inscrr., Schwyzer 348,al.c in hostile sense, against, Hdt.1.61,6.74, 88, S.Ph. 1139 (lyr.), etc.; as a check upon,οἱ πρόβουλοι καθεστᾶσιν ἐ. τοῖς βουλευταῖς Arist.Pol. 1299b37
, cf. 1271a39; also, towards, in reference to,ἐ. πᾶσι χόλον τελέσαι Il.4.178
;ἐπ' ἔργοις πᾶσι S.OC 1268
;δικαιότερος καὶ ἐπ' ἄλλῳ ἔσσεαι Il.19.181
, cf. S.Tr. 994 (anap.), etc.;ἐ. τοῖς δυνατοῖς ἔχειν τὴν γνώμην Democr. 191
; τὸ ἐ. πᾶσιν τοῖς σώμασι κάλλος extending over all bodies, Pl. Smp. 210b; ἡ [παιδεία] ἡ ἐ. σώμασι, ἐ. ψυχῇ, Id.R. 376e; τἀπὶ σοὶ κακά the ills which lie upon thee, S.Ph. 806: in [dialect] Att. also, νόμον τίθεσθαι, θεῖναι ἐ. τινι, make a law for his case, whether for or against, Pl.Grg. 488d, Lexap.And.1.87;νόμους ἀναγράψαι ἐ. τοῖς ἀδικοῦσι D.24.5
; νόμος κεῖται ἐ. τινι ib.70; τἀπὶ τῷ πλήθει νενομοθετημένα ib.123, cf. 142; τί θεσμοποιεῖς ἐ. ταλαιπώρῳ νεκρῷ; E.Ph. 1645.d. of accumulation, upon, after, ὄγχνη ἐπ' ὄγχνῃ one pear after another, pear on pear, Od.7.120;ἐ. κέρδεϊ κέρδος Hes.Op. 644
;ἄτη ἑτέρα ἐπ' ἄτῃ A. Ch. 404
(lyr.); πήματα ἐ. πήμασι, ἐ. νόσῳ νόσος, S.Ant. 595, OC 544 (both lyr.).e. in addition to, over and above, besides, οὐκ ἄρα σοί γ'ἐ. εἴδεϊ καὶ φρένες ἦσαν Od.17.454
, cf. 308;ἄλλα τε πόλλ' ἐ. τῇσι παρίσχομεν Il.9.639
, cf. Od.22.264; ἐ. τοῖσι besides, 24.277;ἐ. τούτοις Him.Or.14.10
; so of Numerals,τρισχιλίους ἐ. μυρίοις Plu.Publ.20
, cf. Jul.Or.4.148c, etc.;γυναῖκ' ἐφ' ἡμῖν.. ἔχει E.Med. 694
: with Verbs of eating and drinking, with,ἐ. τῷ σίτῳ πίνειν ὕδωρ X.Cyr.6.2.27
; νέκταρποτίσαι ἐπ' ἀμβροσίᾳ Pl.Phdr. 247e
; esp. of a relish, κάρδαμον μόνονἐ. τῷ σίτῳ ἔχειν X.Cyr.1.2.11
;παίειν ἐφ' ἁλὶ τὰν μᾶδδαν Ar.Ach. 835
: metaph., ἐ. τῷ φάγοις ἥδιστ' ἄν; ἐ. βαλλαντίῳ; Id.Eq. 707; later ἐ. γογγυλίσι διαβιῶναι live on turnips, Ath.10.419a.g. in dependence upon, in the power of,τὰ δ' οὐκ ἐπ' ἀνδράσι κεῖται Pi.P.8.76
; ἐ. τινί ἐστι it is in his power to do, c.inf., Hdt.8.29, etc.;ἐ. σοί ἐστιν ἀναζωπυρεῖν M.Ant.7.2
;ἐ. ἑτέροις γίγνεσθαι Th.6.22
; ἐ. τῷ πλήθει in their hands, S.OC66, cf. Th.2.84; τὸ ἐπ' ἐμοί, τὸ ἐ. ἐκείνῳ, etc., as far as is in my power, etc., X. Cyr.5.4.11, Isoc.4.142, etc.;τὸ ἐ. τούτοις εἶναι Lys.28.14
; ἐ. τοῖς υἱάσι their property, Leg.Gort.4.37.h. according to, ἐ. τοῖς νόμοις Lexap.D. 24.56;ἐ. πᾶσι δικαίοις ποιούμεθα τοὺς λόγους Id.20.88
;ἐ. προφάσει θηρός S.Tr. 662
codd.(lyr.).i. of condition or circumstances in which one is,ἀτελευτήτῳ ἐ. ἔργῳ Il.4.175
, etc.;ἐπ' ἀρρήτοις λόγοις S.Ant. 556
; (lyr.);ταύταις ἐ. συντυχίαις Pi.P.1.36
;ἐπ' εὐπραξίᾳ S.OC 1554
;ἐ. τῷ παρόντι Th.2.36
; ἐπ' αὐτοφώρῳ λαβεῖν, v. αὐτόφωρος; also ἐ. τῷ δείπνῳ at dinner, X.Cyr.1.3.12, Thphr.Char. 3.2;ἐ. τῇ κύλικι Pl.Smp. 214b
;ἐ. θαλίαις E.Med. 192
(anap.).k. Geom., of the point, etc., at which letters are written, κέντρον ἐφ' ᾧ K Hippocr. ap. Simp.in Ph.64.14; ἡ [γραμμὴ] ἐφ' ᾗ HK the line HK, Arist.Mete. 375b22.2. with Verbs of Motion:a. where the sense of motion merges in that of support,ἐ. χθονὶ βαίνει Il.4.443
;θεῖναι ἐ. γούνασιν 6.92
;καταθέσθαι ἐ. γαίῃ 3.114
; ἱστὸν ἔστησεν ἐ.ψαμάθοις 23.853
;ἐ. φρεσὶ θῆκε 1.55
; δυσφόρους ἐπ' ὄμμασι γνώμαςβαλεῖν S.Aj.51
, etc.b. in pregnant construction, πέτονται ἐπ' ἄνθεσιν fly on to the flowers and settle there, Il.2.89; ἐκ.. βαῖνον ἐ.ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης Od.15.499
;καθεῖσεν ἐ. Σκαμάνδρῳ Il.5.36
; ἦλθε δ'ἐ. Κρήτεσσι 4.251
, cf. 273;νῆες εἰρύατ'.. ἐ. θινὶ θαλάσσης 4.248
.c. rarely for εἰς c.acc.,νηυσὶν ἔ. γλαφυρῇσιν ἐλαυνέμεν 5.327
, 11.274.d. in hostile sense, upon or against, ἐ. τινι ἔχειν, ἰθύνειν ἵππους, 5.240, 8.110; ἐ. τινι ἱέναι βέλος, ἰθύνεσθαι ὀϊστόν, 1.382, Od.22.8; ἐ. τοιἈκράγαντι τανύσαις Pi.O.2.91
;ἐ. Τυδεΐδῃ ἐτιταίνετο.. τόξα Il.5.97
;ἐφ' Ἕκτορι.. ἀκοντίσσαι 16.358
;κύνας.. σεύῃ ἐπ' ἀγροτέρῳ συΐ 11.293
;ὡρμήθησαν ἐπ' ἀνδράσιν Od.10.214
, cf. E.Ph. 1379, etc.: also ἐ. τινιτετάχθαι Th.2.70
, 3.13;ὅστις φάρμακα δηλητήρια ποιοῖ ἐ. Τηΐοισιν SIG37.2
(Teos, v B.C.).II. of Time, rarely, and never in good [dialect] Att., exc. in sense of succession (infr. 2), ἐ. νυκτί by night, Il.8.529;ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ, αἱ δ' ἐ. νυκτί Hes.Op. 102
; ἐπ' ἤματι τῷδε on this very day, Il.13.234; ἐπ' ἤματι for to-day, 19.229, 10.48, Od.2.284; αἰεὶ ἐπ' ἤματι every day, 14.105;ἐπ' ἡμέρῃ ἑκάστῃ Hdt.4.112
, 5.53, cf. D.S. 34/5.2.1;ὁ ἥλιος νέος ἐφ' ἡμέρῃ ἐστίν Heraclit.6
;ἐ. τρίς Act.Ap.10.16
, PHolm.1.18.2. of succession, after, ἕκτῃ ἐ. δέκα on the 16th of the month, Chron. ap. D.18.155, Decr.ib.181 ( δεκάτῃ codd.); τετράδιἐ. δέκα IG12.304.62
; πρὸ τῆς ἕκτης ἐ. δέκα ib.22.1361.19; ἐπ' ἐξεργασμένοισι, = Lat. re peracta, Hdt.4.164, etc.; ἐ. τινι ἀγορεύειν, ἀνίστασθαι, E.Or. 898, 902, X.Cyr.2.3.7, etc.;ἐ. διεφθαρμένοισι Ἴωσι Hdt.1.170
, τὰ ἐ. τούτοισι, = Lat. quod superest, Id.9.78, cf. Th.1.65, A.Ag. 255, etc.;τοὐπὶ τῷδε πῆμα E.Hipp. 855
(lyr.), etc.3. in the time of (cf. A. 11) only in Arc., A 21, cf. 666 (Orchom.).III. in various causal senses:1. of the occasion or cause, τετεύξεται ἄλγε' ἐπ' αὐτῇ for her, Il.21.585; ἐ. σοὶ μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον for thee, 9.492: freq. with Verbs expressing some mental affection,ἐπὶ παντὶ λόγῳ ἐπτοῆσθαι Heraclit.87
; μέγα φρονεῖν ἐ. τινι to be proud at or of a thing, Pl.Prt. 342d, X.HG3.4.11, etc.; χλιδᾶν ἐ . τινι S.El. 360; ἀγάλλεσθαι, ἀγανακτεῖν ἐ. τοῖς παροῦσι, X.An.2.6.26, Isoc.4.122;ὀνομαστὸς ἐ. τινι γεγονέναι X.Mem.1.2.61
; also ἐφ' αἵματι φεύγειν to be tried on a capital charge, D.21.105; πληγὰς λαμβάνεινἐ. τινι X.Cyr.1.3.16
;ζημιοῦσθαι ἐ. τινι D.24.122
, etc.: in adverbial phrases [δικάσσαι] ἐπ' ἀρωγῇ with favour, Il.23.574;δολίῃ ἐ. τέχνῃ Hes. Th. 540
;ἐ. μιῇ αἰτίῃ ἀνήκεστον πάθος ἔρδειν Hdt.1.137
, etc.; ἐ . κακουργίᾳ καὶ οὐκ ἀρετῇ for malice, Th.1.37; ἐπ' εὐνοία, ἐπ' ἔχθρα, D. 18.273, 21.55; ἐπ' ἀγαθῇ ἐλπίδι with.., X.Mem.2.1.18, cf. Ep.Rom. 4.18; ἐφ' ἑκατέροις in both cases, Pl.Tht. 158d, cf. Xenoph.34.4; ἐ.δάκρυσί τινα καταστένειν E. Tr. 315
(lyr.); ἐ. τῇ πάσῃ συκοφαντίᾳ καὶ διασεισμῷ Mitteis Chr. 31 vI (ii B.C.), etc.2. of an end or purpose,υἱὸν ἐ. κτεάτεσσι λιπέσθαι Il.5.154
, cf. 9.482; ἐ. δόρπῳ for supper, Od.18.44;ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου σίδηρος ἀνεύρηται Hdt.1.68
;ἐ. διαφθορῇ Id.4.164
;ἐ. σῷ καιρῷ S.Ph. 151
(lyr.);ἐ. τῷ κέρδει X.Mem.1.2.56
; δῆσαι ἐ. θανάτῳ or τὴν ἐ. θανάτῳ, Hdt.9.37, 3.119, cf.1.109, X.An.1.6.10;ἐ. θανάτῳ συλλαβεῖν Isoc.4.154
; ἐπ' ἐξαγωγῇ for exportation, Hdt.5.6; χρηστηριάζεσθαι ἐ. τῇ χώρῃ with a view to gaining.., Id.1.66;ἐ. τούτοις ἐθύσαντο X.An.3.5.18
;ἐ. τῷ ὑβρίζεσθαι Th.1.38
, cf.34, etc.;τι κακοτεχνεῖν ἐ. αἰσχύνῃ τοῦ ἀνδρός PEleph.1.6
(iv B.C.).3. of the condition upon which a thing is done, ἐ. τούτοισι on these terms, Hdt.1.60, etc.;ἐ. τοῖσδε, ὥστε.. Th.3.114
; ἐ. τούτῳ, ἐπ' ᾧτε on condition that.., Hdt.3.83, cf. 7.158: in orat. obliq., ἐπ' or ἐφ' ᾧτε folld. by inf., Id.1.22, 7.154, X.HG2.2.20;ἐφ' ᾧ μηδὲν κακὸν ποιήσουσιν Th.1.126
(but ἐφ' ᾧ = wherefore, Ep.Rom.5.12); ἐπ' οὐδενί on no condition, on no account, Hdt.3.38; but, for no adequate reason, D. 21.132; ἐπ' ἴσῃ τε καὶ ὁμοίῃ, ἐπὶ τῇ ἴσῃ καὶ ὁμοίᾳ, on fair and equal terms, Hdt.9.7, Th.1.27; ἐ. ῥητοῖς, v. ῥητός; also of a woman's dowry,τὴν μητέρα ἐγγυᾶν ἐ. ταῖς ὀγδοήκοντα μναῖς D.28.16
; γῆμαίτινα ἐ. δέκα ταλάντοις And.4.13
;τὴν θυγατέρα ἔχειν γυναῖκα ἐ. τῇ τυραννίδι Hdt.1.60
; on the principle of..,ἐ. τῷ μὴ λυπεῖν ἀλλήλους Th.1.71
.4. of the price for which..,ἔργον τελέσαι δώρῳ ἔ. μεγάλῳ Il.10.304
, cf. 21.445; ἐ. τίνι χρήματι; Hdt.3.38; ἐ. πόσῳ; Pl.Ap. 41a; ἐ .ταλάντῳ χρυσίου Ar.Av. 154
; ἐπ' ἀργυρίῳ λέγειν, πράττειν, D.19.182, 24.200;ἐ. χρήμασι λυμαίνεσθαι Id.19.332
;ἐ. πολλῷ ἐρρᾳθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; also of money lent at interest, δανείζεσθαι ἐ. τοῖς μεγάλοις τόκοις ibid.; ἐ. δραχμῇ δανείζειν lend at 12 per cent., Id.27.9; ἐπ' ὀκτὼ ὀβολοῖς τὴν μνᾶν τοῦ μηνὸς ἑκάστου δανείζειν, i.e. at 16 per cent., Id.53.13;ἐ. διακοσίαις εἴκοσι πέντε τὰς χιλίας
for per mille, i.e. 22.5 per cent., Syngr. ap. eund.35.10; also of the security on which money is borrowed,δανείζειν ἐ. ἀνδραπόδοις Id.27.27
; ἐπ' οἴνουκεραμίοις τρισχιλίοις Id.35.18
;ἐ. νηΐ Id.56.3
;δανείζειν ἐ. τοῖς σώμασιν Arist.Ath.9.1
, cf. 2.2, D.H.4.9.5. of names, φάος καὶ νὺξ ὀνόμασται..ἐ. τοῖσί τε καὶ τοῖς Parm.9.2
;ἐ. τῇ τοῦ οἰκείου ἔχθρᾳ στάσις κέκληται Pl.R. 470b
; soὄνομα κεῖται ἐ. τινι X.Cyr.2.2.12
; ὄνομα καλεῖνἐ. τινι Pl.Sph. 218c
, cf. 244b; πότερον ταῦτα, πέντε ὀνόματα ὄντα, ἐ.ἑνὶ πράγματί ἐστι Id.Prt. 349b
(v. supr. A. 111.2).6. of persons in authority, ὅς μ' ἐ. βουσὶν εἷσεν who set me over the kine, Od.20.209, cf. 221;ποιμαίνειν ἐπ' ὄεσσι Il.6.25
;οὖρον κατέλειπον ἐ. κτεάτεσσιν Od.15.89
;σημαίνειν ἐ. δμῳῇσι 22.427
; πέμπειν ἐ. τοσούτῳστρατεύματι Th.6.29
;ἐ. ταῖς ναυσίν X.HG1.5.11
;οἱ ἐ. ταῖς μηχαναῖς Id.Cyr.6.3.28
; οἱ ἐ. ταῖς καμήλοις ib.33;οἱ ἐ. τοῖς πράγμασιν ὄντες D. 9.2
;ἐ. θυγατρὶ.. γαμεῖν ἄλλην γυναῖκα Hdt.4.154
.7. in possession of, possessing,ἐ. τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ μένειν Th.4.105
, cf. 8.86; ζῆν ἐ. παιδίοις, τελευτᾶν ἐ. παιδὶ γνησίῳ, Alciphr.1.3, Philostr.VS2.12.2;ἐ. παισὶ διαδόχοις Hdn.4.2.1
;ἀποθανεῖν ἐ. κληρονόμοις ταῖς θυγατράσι Artem.1.78
, cf. PMeyer6.22 (ii A.D.);ἐ. μόνῳ παιδὶ σαλεύειν Hld. 1.9
.C. WITH Acc.:I. of Place, upon or on to a height, with Verbs of Motion,ἐ. πύργον ἔβη Il.6.386
, cf. 12.375; ἐ. τὰ ὑψηλότατα τῶνὀρέων ἀναβαίνειν Hdt.1.131
;προελθεῖν ἐ. βῆμα Th.2.34
; ἀναβιβαστέον τινά, ἀναβαίνειν ἐ. τὸν ἵππον, Pl.R. 467e, X.An.3.4.35; also ἐξ ἵππωνἀποβάντες ἐ. χθόνα Il.3.265
; ἐξεκυλίσθη πρηνὴς ἐ. στόμα upon his face, 6.43;ἐ. θρόνον.. ἕζετο 8.442
; ὤμω.. ἐ. στῆθος συνοχωκότε drawn together upon his breast, 2.218;Ὀδυσσῆ' εἷσαν ἐ. σκέπας Od.6.212
;θέσθαι ἐ. τὰ γόνατα X.An.7.3.23
;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα τὰ ὦτα καθεύδειν Aeschin.Socr.54
; ἐ. κεφαλήν head- foremost, Pl.R. 553b, Luc.Pisc.48 (v. κεφαλή): less freq. than ἐπί with gen. or dat.b. Geom., αἱ ἐ. τὰς ἁφὰς ἐπιζευγνύμεναι εὐθεῖαι joining the points of contact, Archim. Sph.Cyl.1.8; κάθετος ἐ. perpendicular to (v. κάθετος).2. to,ἦλθε θοὰς ἐ. νῆας Il.1.12
, etc.; ἐ. βωμὸν ἄγων ib. 440; ἴθυσαν δ' ἐ.τεῖχος 12.443
;ἐ. τέρμ' ἀφίκετο S.Aj.48
;ἡ [ὁδὸς] ἐ. Σοῦσα φέρει X. An.3.5.15
;ἡ ὁδὸς ἡ ἀπὸ τῶν Πυλῶν ἐ. τὸ Ποσειδώνιον Th.4.118
; ἐ.τὸ αὐτὸ αἱ γνῶμαι ἔφερον Id.1.79
: c.acc. pers.,βῆ δ' ἄρ' ἐπ' Ἀτρεΐδην Il.2.18
, cf. 10.18,85, 150, etc.: sts. in pregn. constr. with Verbs of Rest,ἐπιστῆναι ἐ. τὰς θύρας Pl.Smp. 212d
;παρεῖναι ἐ. τὸν τάφον Th.2.34
, cf. X.Cyr.3.3.12.b. metaph., ἐ. ἔργα τρέπεσθαι, ἰέναι, Il.3.422, Od.2.127;ἰέναι ἐ. τὸν ἔπαινον Th.2.36
;ἐ. συμφορὴν ἐμπεσεῖν Hdt.7.88
codd.; also ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν ἀποδιδόναι, ὀφείλειν, pay, owe to the bank, D.33.12, Docum. ap. eund.45.31; ἡ ἐγγύη ἡ ἐ. τὴντράπεζαν D.33.10
; τὸ ἐ. τὴν τράπεζαν χρέως ib.24; also εἰσποιηθῆναι ἐ. τὸ ὄνομά τινος to be entered under his name, Id.44.36.c. up to, as far as ( μέχρι ἐ. X.An.5.1.[1]),παρατείνειν ἐπ' Ἡρακλέας στήλας Hdt.4.181
;ἐ. θάλασσαν καθήκειν Th.2.27
,97: metaph., ἐ. πείρατ' ἀέθλωνἤλθομεν Od.23.248
; ἐ. διηκόσια ἀποδιδόναι yield 200- fold, Hdt. 1.193; in measurements,πλέον ἢ ἐ. δύο στάδια X.Cyr.7.5.8
, An.6.2.2; ὅσον ἐ. εἴκοσι σταδίους ib.6.4.5, cf. 1.7.15: freq. with a neut. Adj. or Pron.,τόσσον τίς τ' ἐπιλεύσσει ὅσον τ' ἐ. λᾶαν ἵησιν Il.3.12
; ὅσσονἔφ' 2.616
, cf. 15.358; ἐ. τοσοῦτό γε φρονέω,.. ταύτην μηδὲν σίνεσθαι I am prudent enough, not to.., Hdt.6.97;ἐ. ὅσον δεῖ Th.7.66
; ἐ.πάντ' ἀφίξομαι S.OT 265
;ἐ. πᾶν ἐλθεῖν X.An.3.1.18
; ἐ. τὸ ἔσχατονἀγῶνος ἐλθεῖν Th.4.92
; ἐ. μεῖζον χωρεῖν, ἔρχεσθαι, ib. 117, S.Ph. 259;ἐ. μέγα χωρεῖν δυνάμεως Th.1.118
; ἐ. μακρότερον, ἐ. μακρότατον, Id.4.41, 1.1, Hdt.4.16, 192; ἐ. σμικρόν, ἐ. βραχύ, a little way, a little, S. El. 414, Th.1.118; ἐπ' ἔλαττον, ἐπ' ἐλάχιστον, Pl.Phd. 93b, Th.1.70; ἐπ' ὀλίγον, ἐ. πολλά, Pl.Sph. 254b; ἐ. πλέον still more, Hdt.2.171, 5.51, Th.2.51; rarely with Advs.,ἐ. μᾶλλον Hdt.1.94
, 4.181.d. before, into the presence of (cf. A. 1.2e),ἦγον δή μιν ἐ. τὰ κοινά Id.3.156
(but στὰς ἐ. τὸ συνέδριον standing at the door of the council, Id.8.79);ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἀχθήσεσθε Ev.Matt.10.18
.e. in Military phrases (cf. A. 1.2d), ἐπ' ἀσπίδας πέντε καὶ εἴκοσιν ἐτάξαντο, i.e. twenty-five in file, Th.4.93; dub. in X., as ἐ. πολλοὺς τεταγμένοι many in file, An.4.8.11 codd.;ἐπ' ὀλίγον τὸ βάθος γίγνεσθαι Cyr.7.5.2
codd.; for ἐ. κέρας v. infr.3.3. of the quarter or direction towards or in which a thing takes place, ἐ. δεξιά, ἐπ' ἀριστερά, to the right or left, Il.7.238, 12.240, Od.3.171, Hdt.6.33, etc.; ἐ. τὰ ἕτερα or ἐ. θάτερα, Id.5.74, Th.1.87, etc.; ἐ. τὰ μακρότερα , βραχύτερα, on the longer, shorter side, Hdt.1.50; ἐπ' ἀμφότερα νοέων both ways, Id.8.22;ἐπ' ἀμφότερα μαχᾶν τάμνειν τέλος Pi.O.13.57
, etc.; ἐ. τάδε Φασήλιδος on this side, Isoc.7.80; ἐ. ἐκεῖνα, v. ἐπέκεινα; ἐφ' ἕν, ἐ. δύο, ἐ. τρία, of space, in one, two, three dimensions, Arist.de An. 404b23, Plot.6.3.13; in Military phrases, ἐ. δόρυ ἀναστρέψαι ,ἐ. ἀσπίδα μεταβαλέσθαι, to the spear or shield side, i.e. to right or left, X.An.4.3.29, Cyr.7.5.6; ἐ. πόδα ἀναχωρεῖν, etc., retire on the foot, i.e. facing the enemy, Id.An.5.2.32; so ἐ. κέρας or ἐ. κέρως πλεῖν, etc., sail towards or on the wing, i.e. in column (v. ): metaph., ἐ. τὸ μεῖζον κοσμῆσαι, δεινῶσαι, etc., with exaggeration, Th.1.10, 8.74, etc.;ἐ. τὸ πλέον ἀγγέλλεσθαι Id.6.34
; ἐ. τὸ φοβερώτερον ib.83; ἐ. τὰ γελοιότερα ἐπαινέσαι so as to provoke laughter, Pl. Smp. 214e; ἐ. τὰ καλλίω, ἐ. τὰ αἰσχίονα, Id.Plt. 293e; ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον καὶ κάλλιον, ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον καὶ τὸ αἴσχιον, Id.R. 381b; ἐ. τὸ ἄμεινον Orac. ap. D.43.66.4. in hostile sense, against,ἰέναι ἐ. νέας Il. 13.101
;ὦρτο δ' ἐπ' αὐτούς 5.590
; στρατεύεσθαι or -εύειν ἐ. τινα, Hdt. 1.71,77, Th.1.26, etc.;ἰέναι ἐ. φάτιν S.OT 495
(lyr.); πλεῖν ἐ. τοὺσἈθηναίους Th.2.90
;πέμπειν στρατηγὸν ἐ. τινας Hdt.1.153
; θύεσθαι ἐ. τινα offer sacrifice on going against.., X.An.7.8.21; ἐφ' ὑμᾶς to your prejudice, D.6.33, 10.57.5. of extension over a space, πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρὴν ἤλυθον over much water, Il.10.27: ἐπ' εὐρέα νῶταθαλάσσης 2.159
;ἐ. κύματα 13.27
; ; πλέων, λεύσσων ἐ. οἴνοπα πόντον, 7.88, 5.771;ἐ. πολλὰ δ' ἀλήθην Od. 14.120
;ἄγοισι.. Ἀνδρομάχαν.. ἐπ' ἄλμυρον πόντον Sapph.Supp. 20a
. 7: also with Verbs of Rest, ἐπ' ἐννέα κεῖτο πέλεθρα over nine acres he lay stretched, Od.11.577; τόσσον ἔπ' over so much, 5.251, cf. 13.114; διώκοντες ἐ. πολύ over a large space, Th.1.50, cf. 62, etc.; ἐ. πλεῖστον ib.4;ὡς ἐ. πλεῖστον 2.34
, etc.; freq. to be rendered on,δράκων ἐ. νῶτα δαφοινός Il.2.308
; ἵππους.. ἐ. νῶτον ἐΐσας ib. 765;ὅσσα τε γαῖαν ἔπι πνείει 17.447
; ἐ. γαῖαν εἰσὶ δύω [γένη] Hes.Op.11;ἀοιδοὶ ἔασιν ἐ. χθόνα Th.95
;ἐ. γᾶν μέλαιναν ἔμμεναι κάλλιστον Sapph. Supp.5.2
; also, among,κλέος πάντας ἐπ' ἀνθρώπους Il.10.213
, cf. 24.202, 535;δασσάμενοι [κτήματ'] ἐφ' ἡμέας Od.16.385
, cf. Pl.Prt. 322d.II. of Time, for or during a certain time,ἐ. χρόνον Il.2.299
, Od.14.193:πολλὸν ἐ. χρόνον 12.407
;παυρίδιον.. ἐ. χρόνον Hes. Op. 133
;ἐ. δηρόν Il.9.415
;ἐ. πολὺν χρόνον Pl.Phd. 84c
, etc.; ἐπ'ὀλίγον χρόνον Lycurg.7
; ἐ. χρόνον τινά, ἐ. τινα χρόνον, Pl.Prt. 344b, Grg. 524d;γῆν ἀπεμίσθωσαν ἐ. δέκα ἔτη Th.3.68
; ἐ. διετές Lexap.D. 46.20;ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας X.An.6.6.36
; τὸ ἐφ' ἡμέραν ἀρκέσον enough for the day, Id.Cyr.6.2.34, cf. D.50.23, Hdt.1.32; ἐ. πολύ for a long time, Th.1.6, etc.2. up to, until a certain time, εὗδον παννύχιοςκαὶ ἐπ' ἠῶ καὶ μέσον ἦμαρ Od.7.288
;οὐδ' ἐ. γῆρας ἵκετ' 8.226
.III. in various causal senses:1. of the object or purpose for which one goes, ἀγγελίην ἔπι Τυδῆ στεῖλαν sent him for (i.e. to bring) tidings of.., Il.4.384 (dub.); ἐ. βοῦν ἴτω let him go for an ox, Od.3.421;ἐ. τεύχεα δ' ἐσσεύοντο Il.2.808
;ἐλθεῖν πρός τινα ἐπ' ἀργύριον X.Cyr.1.6.12
; πέμπειν εἴς τινα ἐ. στράτευμα ib.4.5.31; ἴτω τις ἐφ' ὕδωρ ib.5.3.49; ἥκειν ἐ. τοὺς τόκους for (i.e. to demand) the interest, D.50.61: less freq. c. acc. pers.,ἐπ' Ὀδυσσῆα ἤϊε Od.5.149
, cf. S.OT 555;κατῆλθον ἐ. ποιητήν Ar.Ra. 1418
;κατέρχονται ἐ. τὸν Ἀγόρατον Lys. 13.23
: with acc. of a Noun of Action, ἐξιέναι ἐ. θήραν go out hunting, X.Cyr.1.2.9; ἔπλεον οὐχ ὡς ἐ. ναυμαχίαν (v.l. for -μαχίᾳ) Th.2.83;ἐ. μάχην ἰέναι X.An.1.4.12
; ἔρχεσθαι, ἵζειν ἐ. δεῖπνον, Il.2.381, Od.24.394;ἐ. δόρπον ἀνέστη 12.439
;κληθεὶς ἐ. δεῖπνον Pl.Smp. 174e
, etc.;καλεῖν ἐ. ξείνια Hdt.2.107
,5.18; ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν to see the sight, Ev.Luc.23.48, cf. PTeb.33.6 (ii B.C.): freq. with neut. Pron. or Adj., ἐ. τοῦτο ἐλθεῖν for this purpose, X.An.2.5.22, cf. Th.5.87; ἐπ' αὐτὸ , etc.; ἐ. τί; to what end? Ar.Nu. 256;ἐφ' ὅ τι Id.Lys.22
, 481; ἐφ' ἃ ἤλθομεν for which purpose, Th.7.15, etc.; ἐπὶ ἴσα for like ends, Pi.N.7.5 (but ἐ. ἶσα μάχη τέτατο, = ἴσως, Il.12.436); ἐ. τὸ βέλτιον to a better result, X.An.7.8.4; ἀναστῆσαί τινα ἐ. χριστὸν Θεοῦ set up as God's anointed, LXX 2 Ki.23.1: after an Adj., ἄριστοι πᾶσανἐπ' ἰθύν Il.6.79
, cf. Od.4.434;ἄπορος ἐ. φρόνιμα S.OT 691
(lyr.); χρήσιμοςἐ... οὐδέν D.25.31
: after a Noun,ὁδὸς ἐ. τι X.Cyr.1.6.21
; ὄργανα ἐ. τι ib.6.2.34.2. so far as regards,τοὐπὶ τήνδε τὴν κόρην S.Ant. 889
;ὅσον γε τοὐπ' ἐμέ E.Or. 1345
; τοὐπί σε, τὸ ἐ. σέ, Id.Hec. 514, X.Cyr.1.4.12;τὸ ἐ. σφᾶς εἶναι Th.4.28
; ὡς ἐ. τὸ πολύ for the most part, Arist.Top. 100b29, etc.;ἐ. πᾶν Th.2.51
; τὸ πρὸς ἅπανξυνετὸν ἐ. πᾶν ἀργόν Id.3.82
;κρείσσων ἐπ' ἀρετήν Democr.181
; ἐ.μέγα Call.Dian.55
.3. of persons set over others, ἐ. τοὺς πεζοὺςκαθιστάναι ἄρχοντα X.Cyr.4.5.58
, cf. HG3.4.20; στρατηγὸς ἐ. τοὺς ὁπλίτας, ἐ. τὴν χώραν, Arist.Ath.61.1, IG22.682.24;ἐ. τὸν Πειραιέα Arist.Ath.
l.c.;ἐ. Ῥαμνοῦντα IG2.1206b
(cf. A. 111.1); οἱ θεσμοθέταιοἱ ἐ. τοὺς νόμους κληρούμενοι D.20.90
.4. according to, by, ἐ. στάθμην by the rule, Od.5.245, 21.44, etc.D. POSITION:— ἐπί may suffer anastrophe ([etym.] ἔπι) and follow its case, as in Il.1.162; it may like wise follow its Verb,ἤλυθ' ἔπι ψυχή Od.24.20
, cf. Il.9.539.II. in Poets it is sts. put with the second of two Nouns, though in sense it also governs the first, ἢ ἁλὸς ἢ ἐ.γῆς Od.12.27
, cf. S.OT 761, Ant. 367 (lyr.).E. ABS., used adverbially, without anastrophe, καὶ ἐ. σκέπαςἦν ἀνέμοιο Od.5.443
; κτεῖνον δ' ἐ. μηλοβοτῆρας as well, Il.18.529; esp. ἐ. δέ.. and besides.., Hdt.7.65,75, etc.;πολιαί τ' ἐ. ματέρες S. OT 182
(lyr.).II. ἔπι, for ἔπεστι, there is, Il.1.515, 3.45, Od.16.315; οὐ γὰρ ἔπ' ἀνήρ.. there is no man.., 2.58; σοὶ δ' ἔ. μὲν μορφὴἐπέων 11.367
;ἔ. δέ μοι γέρας A.Eu. 393
codd. (lyr.).F. PROSODY: in ἐπιόψομαι, ι is not elided before a vowel; also in some words where σ or ϝ has been lost, as ἐπιάλμενος, ἐπιείκελος, ἐπιεικής, ἐπιέξομαι (v. ). [dialect] Dor. ἐπιεργάζομαι (v. ἐπιεργάζομαι).G. IN COMPOSITION:I. of Place, denoting,2. Motion,b. to or towards, ἐπέρχομαι, ἐπιστέλλω, ἐπαρίστερος, ἐπιδέξιος.c. against,ἐπαΐσσω, ἐπιπλέω 11
, ἐπιστρατεύω, ἐπιβουλεύω.e. over a place, as in ἐπαιωρέομαι, ἐπαρτάω.f. over or beyond boundaries, as in ἐπινέμομαι.g. implying reciprocity, as in ἐπιγαμία.3. Extension over a surface, as in ἐπαλείφω, ἐπανθίζω,ἐπιπέτομαι, ἐπιπλέω 1
, ἐπάργυρος, ἐπίχρυσος.4. Accumulation of one thing over or besides another, as in ἐπαγείρω, ἐπιμανθάνω, ἐπαυξάνω, ἐπιβάλλω, ἐπίκτητος.5. Accompaniment, to, with, as in ἐπᾴδω, ἐπαυλέω, ἐπαγρυπνέω: hence of Addition, ἐπίτριτος one and 1/3 more, 1 +1/3; so ἐπιτέταρτος, ἐπίπεμπτος, ἐπόγδοος, etc.6. with Adjs., somewhat, slightly, as in ἐπίξανθος, ἐπίπικρος.II. of Time and Sequence, after, as in ἐπιβιόω, ἐπιβλαστάνω, ἐπιγίγνομαι,ἐπακόλουθος, ἐπίγονος, ἐπιστάτης 1.2
.III. in causal senses:1. Superiority felt over or at, as in ἐπιχαίρω, ἐπιγελάω, ἐπαισχύνομαι.2. Authority over, as in ἐπικρατέω, ἔπαρχος, ἐπιβουκόλος, ἐπιποιμήν.3. Motive for, as in ἐπιθυμέω, ἐπιζήμιος, ἐπιθάνατος.4. to give force or intensity to the Verb, as in ἐπαινέω, ἐπιμέμφομαι, ἐπικείρω, ἐπικλάω. -
44 ἐπί
ἐπί prep. w. gen., dat., or acc.; s. the lit. on ἀνά, beg. (Hom.+). The basic idea is ‘upon’ (opp. ὑπό) Kühner-G. I 495; s. also Rob 600–605. (In the foll. classifications case use is presented seriatim; in earlier editions of this lexicon all sections, except 13, 17, and 18 [of time], were included under the general rubric ‘Place’.)① marker of location or surface, answering the question ‘where?’ on, upon, nearⓐ w. gen., marking a position on a surface ἐ. (τῆς) γῆς on (the) earth (cp. En 9:1; 98:1; ἐ. γῆς 25:6; PsSol 17:2) Mt 6:10, 19; 9:6; 23:9; Mk 6:47 al. (Ar. 12, 1; Just., A I, 54, 7 al.). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης on the sea (cp. Job 9:8; Dio Chrys. 10 [11], 129 βαδίζειν ἐ. τῆς θαλ.; Lucian, Philops. 13 βαδίζειν ἐφʼ ὕδατος, VH 2, 4; Artem. 3, 16 ἐ. τ. θαλάσσης περιπατεῖν; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 15 p. 5, 26ff relying on the testimony of Hesiod: Orion was given a gift [δωρεά] by the gods καὶ ἐ. κυμάτων πορεύεσθαι καὶ ἐ. τῆς γῆς) Mt 14:26; Mk 6:48f; J 6:19 (w. acc. P75; s. 4bβ below). ἐ. τῶν νεφελῶν on the clouds Mt 24:30; 26:64 (Da 7:13; cp. Philo, Praem. 8). ἐ. κλίνης 9:2; Lk 17:34. ἐ. τοῦ δώματος on the roof vs. 31; Mt 24:17; 10:27 foll. by pl. W. verbs: κάθημαι ἐ. τινος sit on someth. (Job 2:8; ἐ. τοῦ ἅρματος GrBar 6:2; cp. JosAs 27:1 ἐ. τοῦ ὀχήματος καθεζόμενος; Just., D. 90, 5 ἐ. λίθου καθεζόμενος) Mt 24:3; 27:19; Ac 8:28; Rv 6:16; 9:17 (the same prep. used in Rv w. κάθημαι and dat. s. bα below, and w. acc. cα). ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τινος stand on someth. Ac 21:40; Rv 10:5, 8 (Just., D. 86, 2 ἐστηρίχθαι). With parts of the body: ἐ. χειρῶν αἴρειν carry on (i.e. in/with) their hands Mt 4:6; Lk 4:11 (both Ps 90:12). ἐ. κεφαλῆς on the head (Hdt. 5, 12, 4) J 20:7; 1 Cor 11:10; Rv 12:1. ἐ. τοῦ μετώπου Rv 7:3; 9:4. ἐ. γυμνοῦ on the naked body Mk 14:51. Cp. use of ἐπί w. καθίζω and gen., and ἐπί w. κάθημαι and acc. Mt 19:28.—In a gener. and fig. sense Ac 21:23.ⓑ w. dat., gener. suggesting contiguity on, in, above.α. answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX; Just., D. 105, 5 ἐ. τῷ σταυρῷ; Tat., 9:1 ἐ. τοῖς ὄρεσι; Ath. 20, 1 ἐ. τῷ μετώπῳ; Mel., P. 19, 131 ἐ. σάκκῳ καὶ σποδῷ) ἐ. πίνακι on a platter Mt 14:8, 11; Mk 6:25, 28. ἀνακλῖναι ἐ. τῷ χλωρῷ χόρτῳ on the green grass 6:39. ἐ. τοῖς κραβάττοις vs. 55. ἐπέκειτο ἐπʼ αὐτῷ lay on it (or before it) J 11:38. καθήμενος ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ Rv 4:9 (cp. gen. w. καθ. 1a above, and acc. cα below) 5:13; 7:10 and oft. ἐφʼ ἵπποις λευκοῖς on white horses 19:14. ἐ. σανίσιν on planks Ac 27:44. ἐ. τῇ στοᾷ in the colonnade 3:11. τὰ ἐ. τοῖς οὐρανοῖς what is above (or in) the heavens Eph 1:10. ἐπʼ αὐτῷ above him, at his head Lk 23:38 (=Mt 27:37 ἐπάνω τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτοῦ).β. answering the question ‘whither?’ on, upon (Hom. et al.) w. verbs that indicate a direction: οἰκοδομεῖν ἐ. τινι build upon someth. Mt 16:18. ἐποικοδομεῖν Eph 2:20. ἐπιβάλλειν ἐπίβλημα ἐ. ἱματίῳ παλαιῷ put a patch on an old garment Mt 9:16. ἐπιπίπτειν ἐ. τινι Ac 8:16. ἐκάθισεν ἐ. τῷ θρόνῳ he sat down on the throne GJs 11:1. λίθον ἐπʼ αὐτῇ βαλέτω J 8:7 v.l. (cp. 12a below).ⓒ w. acc., answering the question ‘where?’ (Hom. et al.; LXX; JosAs 29:2 φορῶν ἐ. τὸν μηρὸν αὐτοῦ ῥομφαίαν; Just., D. 53, 1 ζυγὸν ἐ. αὐχένα μὴ ἔχων)α. on, over someth. καθεύδειν ἐ. τι sleep on someth. Mk 4:38. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τι sit on someth. Mt 19:28 (in the same vs. καθίζω w. gen., s. a above) J 12:15; Rv 4:4; 6:2; 11:16 al.; cp. Lk 21:35b; κεῖσθαι ἐ. τι lie upon someth. 2 Cor 3:15. κατακεῖσθαι Lk 5:25. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὸν αἰγιαλόν stand on the shore Mt 13:2; cp. Rv 14:1. ἑστῶτας ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν standing beside the sea 15:2. ἔστη ἐ. τὴν κεφαλὴν τοῦ παιδίου (the star) remained stationary over the head of the child GJs 21:3. σκηνοῦν ἐ. τινα spread a tent over someone Rv 7:15. ἐ. τὴν δεξιάν at the right hand 5:1. λίθος ἐ. λίθον stone upon stone Mt 24:2.β. ἐ. τὸ αὐτό at the same place, together (Ps.-X., Respublica Athen. [The Old Oligarch] 2, 2; Pla., Rep. 329a; SIG 736, 66 [92 B.C.]. In pap=‘in all’: PTebt 14, 20 [114 B.C.]; PFay 102, 6.—2 Km 2:13; En 100:2) εἶναι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό be together Lk 17:35; Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44. In 1 Cor 7:5 it is a euphemistic expr. for sexual union. κατοικεῖν ἐ. τὸ αὐτό live in the same place (Dt 25:5) Hm 5, 1, 4. Also w. verbs of motion (Sus 14 Theod.) συνέρχεσθαι ἐ. τὸ αὐτό come together to the same place 1 Cor 11:20; 14:23; cp. B 4:10 (Just., A I, 67, 3 συνέλευσις γίνεται). συνάγεσθαι (Phlegon of Tralles [Hadr.]: 257 Fgm. 36 III 9 Jac.; PsSol 2:2; TestJob 28:5 Jos., Bell. 2, 346) Mt 22:34; Ac 4:26 (Ps 2:2); 1 Cl 34:7. ἐ. τὸ αὐτὸ μίγνυσθαι be mixed together Hm 10, 3, 3. προσετίθει ἐ. τὸ αὐτό added to their number Ac 2:47.γ. at, by, near someone or someth. καθῆσθαι ἐ. τὸ τελώνιον sit at the tax-office Mt 9:9 (ἐ. τὰς ὡραίας πύλας GrBar prol. 2); Mk 2:14. ἑστηκέναι ἐ. τὴν θύραν stand at the door Rv 3:20. σὺ ἔστης ἐ. τὸ θυσιαστήριον you are standing (ἕστηκας deStrycker) as priest at the altar GJs 8:2. ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς among you 2 Th 1:10; cp. Ac 1:21.—Of pers., over whom someth. is done ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ ἐ. τινα speak the name of Jesus over someone Ac 19:13. ἐπικαλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος ἐ. τινα=to claim someone for one’s own (Jer 14:9; 2 Ch 7:14; 2 Macc 8:15) Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12); Js 2:7; Hs 8, 6, 4. προσεύχεσθαι ἐ. τινα pray over someone Js 5:14.② marker of presence or occurrence near an object or area, at, nearⓐ w. gen., of immediate proximity to things at, near (Hdt. 7, 115; X., An. 4, 3, 28 al.; LXX, Just.) ἐ. τ. θυρῶν at the gates (Plut., C. Gracch. 841 [14, 3]; PRyl 127, 8f [29 A.D.] κοιμωμένου μου ἐ. τῆς θύρας; 1 Macc 1:55; Just., D. 111, 4) Ac 5:23 (s. b below for dat. in 5:9). ἐ. τῆς θαλάσσης near the sea (Polyb. 1, 44, 4; Ex 14:2; Dt 1:40; 1 Macc 14:34) J 21:1. ἐ. τῆς ὁδοῦ by the road Mt 21:19. ἐσθίειν ἐ. τῆς πραπέζης τινός eat at someone’s table Lk 22:30 (cp. POxy 99, 14 [55 A.D.] τράπεζα, ἐφʼ ἧς Σαραπίων καὶ μέτοχοι; Da 11:27 LXX ἐ. μιᾶς τραπέζης). ἐ. τοῦ (τῆς) βάτου at the thornbush = in the passage about the thornbush (i.e. Ex 3:1ff) Mk 12:26; Lk 20:37.ⓑ with dat., of immediate proximity at, near by (Hom.+) ἦν ἔτι ἐ. τῷ τόπῳ ὅπου was still at the place, where J 11:30 v.l. (for ἐν; cp. Just., D. 402). ἐ. τῇ θύρᾳ (ἐ. θύραις) at the door (Hom. et al.; Wsd 19:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 90; Just., D. 32, 3) Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29; Ac 5:9 (s. a above). ἐ. τοῖς πυλῶσιν Rv 21:12. ἐ. τῇ πηγῇ J 4:6 (Jos., Ant. 5, 58 ἐ. τινι πηγῇ; Just., A I, 64, 1 ἐ. ταῖς … πηγαῖς). ἐ. τῇ προβατικῇ (sc. πύλῃ) near the sheepgate 5:2; cp. Ac 3:10. ἐ. τῷ ποταμῷ near the river (since Il. 7, 133; Jos., Ant. 4, 176 ἐ. τ. Ἰορδάνῳ) Rv 9:14.—Of pers. (Diod S 14, 113, 6; Just., A I, 40, 7) ἐφʼ ὑμῖν among you 2 Cor 7:7; cp. Ac 28:14 v.l.③ marker of involvement in an official proceeding, before, w. gen., of pers., esp. in the language of lawsuits (Pla., Leg. 12, 943d; Isaeus 5, 1 al.; UPZ 71, 15; 16 [152 B.C.]; POxy 38, 11; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 382, 23=BGU 909, 23; Jos., Vi. 258; Just., A II, 1, 1 ἐ. Οὐρβίκου). ἐ. τοῦ ἡγεμόνος in the governor’s presence Mt 28:14. ἐ. ἡγεμόνων καὶ βασιλέων Mk 13:9. ἐ. σου before you (the procurator) Ac 23:30. ἐ. Τερτούλλου Phlm subscr. v.l.; στάντος μου ἐ. τοῦ συνεδρίου Ac 24:20 (cp. Diod S 11, 55, 4 ἐ. τοῦ κοινοῦ συνεδρίου τ. Ἑλλήνων). γυναικὸς … διαβληθείσης ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου Papias (2:17). κρίνεσθαι ἐ. τῶν ἀδίκων go to law before the unrighteous 1 Cor 6:1. κριθήσεται ἐφʼ ὑμῶν before your tribunal D 11:11. μαρτυρεῖν ἐ. Ποντίου Πιλάτου testify before Pontius Pilate 1 Ti 6:13 (s. μαρτυρέω 1c). ἐ. τοῦ βήματος (POxy 37 I, 3 [49 A.D.]) ἑστὼς ἐ. τοῦ βήματος Καίσαρός εἰμι I am standing before Caesar’s tribunal Ac 25:10 (Appian says Prooem. c. 15 §62 of himself: δίκαις ἐν Ῥώμῃ συναγορεύσας ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων=I acted as attorney in lawsuits in Rome before the emperors).—Gener. in someone’s presence (Appian, Syr. 61 §324 ἐφʼ ὑμῶν=in your presence) ἐ. Τίτου before Titus 2 Cor 7:14. Cp.10 below.④ marker of movement to or contact w. a goal, toward, in direction of, onⓐ w. gen., marking contact with the goal that is reached, answering the question ‘whither?’ toward, on, at w. verbs of motion (Appian, Iber. 98 §427 ἀπέπλευσεν ἐπʼ οἴκου=he sailed [toward] home; PGM 4, 2468f ἀναβὰς ἐ. δώματος; JosAs 27:1 ἀνέδραμε … ἐ. πέτρας; Jos., Ant. 4, 91 ἔφευγον ἐ. τ. πόλεων; Tat. 33:3 Εὐρώπην ἐ. τοῦ ταύρου καθιδρύσαντος) βάλλειν τὸν σπόρον ἐ. τῆς γῆς Mk 4:26; also σπείρειν vs. 31. πίπτειν (Wsd 18:23; TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 11 [Stone p. 8]; JosAs 9:1) 9:20; 14:35. καθιέναι Ac 10:11. τιθέναι (Sir 17:4) Lk 8:16; J 19:19; Ac 5:15. ἔρχεσθαι Hb 6:7; Rv 3:10; γίνεσθαι ἐ. reach, be at J 6:21. γενόμενος ἐ. τοῦ τόπου when he reached the place Lk 22:40. καθίζειν take one’s seat ἐ. θρόνου (JosAs 7:1 al.) Mt 19:28 (s. 1a end); 23:2; 25:31; J 19:13 (ἐ. βήματος of Pilate as Jos., Bell. 2, 172; of Jesus Just., A I, 35, 6). κρεμαννύναι ἐ. ξύλου hang on a tree (i.e. cross) (Gen 40:19; cp. Just., D. 86, 6 σταυρωθῆναι ἐ. τοῦ ξύλου) Ac 5:30; 10:39; cp. Gal 3:13 (Dt 21:23).ⓑ w. acc.α. specifying direction (En 24:2 ἐ. νότον ‘southward’ of position of the mountain) of motion that takes a particular direction, to, toward ἐκτείνας τ. χεῖρα ἐ. τοὺς μαθητάς Mt 12:49; cp. Lk 22:53 (JosAs 12:8). πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὸ ἀπολωλός go after the one that is lost 15:4. ἐ. τὴν ῏Ασσον in the direction of Assos Ac 20:13. ἐπιστρέφειν ἐ. τι turn to someth. 2 Pt 2:22 (cp. Pr 26:11; En 99:5). ὡς ἐ. λῃστήν as if against a robber Mt 26:55; Mk 14:48; Lk 22:52.β. from one point to another across, over w. motion implied (Hom.+; LXX) περιπατεῖν, ἐλθεῖν ἐ. τ. θάλασσαν or ἐ. τ. ὕδατα Mt 14:25, 28f; J 6:19 P75. Of spreading across the land (PsSol 17:10): famine Ac 7:11; 11:28; darkness Mt 27:45; Lk 23:44. ἐ. σταδίους δώδεκα χιλιάδων across twelve thousand stades Rv 21:16 v.l. (Polyaenus 5, 44, 4 ἐ. στάδια δέκα); ἐ. πλεῖον further (1 Esdr 2:24; 2 Macc 10:27) Ac 4:17.γ. of goal attained (Hom. et al.; LXX) on, upon someone or someth. πέσατε ἐφʼ ἡμᾶς Lk 23:30 (Hos 10:8). ἔπεσεν ἐ. τὰ πετρώδη Mt 13:5; cp. Lk 13:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τινα come upon someone Mt 3:16; also καταβαίνειν fr. above J 1:33; cp. Rv 16:21. ἀναβαίνειν (Jos., Ant. 13, 138; Just., A II, 12, 7) Lk 5:19. ἐπιβαίνειν Mt 21:5 (Zech 9:9).—Ac 2:3; 9:4 al.; διασωθῆναι ἐ. τ. γῆν be brought safely to the land 27:44; cp. vs. 43; Lk 8:27. ἐ. τὸ πλοῖον to the ship Ac 20:13. ἀναπεσεῖν ἐ. τὴν γῆν lie down or sit down on the ground Mt 15:35. ἔρριψεν αὐτὸν χαμαὶ ἐ. τὸν σάκκον he threw himself down on the sackcloth GJs 13:1. τιθέναι τι ἐ. τι put someth. on someth. (JosAs 16:11) Mt 5:15; Lk 11:33; Mk 8:25 v.l.; likew. ἐπιτιθέναι (JosAs 29:5) Mt 23:4; Mk 8:25; Lk 15:5; J 9:6, 15; Ac 15:10. ἐπιβάλλειν τ. χεῖρας ἐ. τινα (Gen 22:12 al.) Mt 26:50; Lk 21:12; Ac 5:18. Mainly after verbs of placing, laying, putting, bringing, etc. on, to: ἀναβιβάζω, ἀναφέρω, βάλλω, γράφω, δίδωμι, ἐγγίζω, ἐπιβιβάζω, ἐπιγράφω, ἐποικοδομέω, ἐπιρ(ρ)ίπτω, θεμελιόω, ἵστημι, κατάγω, οἰκοδομέω, σωρεύω; s. these entries. Sim. βρέχειν ἐ. τινα cause rain to fall upon someone Mt 5:45 (cp. PsSol 17:18); also τ. ἥλιον ἀνατέλλειν ἐ. τινα cause the sun to rise so that its rays fall upon someone *ibid. τύπτειν τινὰ ἐ. τὴν σιαγόνα strike on the cheek Lk 6:29. πίπτειν ἐ. (τὸ) πρόσωπον (Jdth 14:6) on the face Mt 17:6; 26:39; Lk 5:12; 17:16; 1 Cor 14:25; Rv 7:11.—To, upon w. acc. of thing πορεύεσθαι ἐ. τὴν ὁδόν go to the road Ac 8:26; cp. 9:11. ἐ. τὰς διεξόδους Mt 22:9. ἵνα μὴ πνέῃ ἄνεμος ἐ. πᾶν δένδρον so that no wind should blow upon any tree Rv 7:1.δ. of closeness to someth. or someone to, up to, in the neighborhood of, on ἐ. τὸ μνημεῖον up to the tomb Mk 16:2; Lk 24:1 v.l., 22, 24; cp. ἐ. τὸ μνῆμα Mk 16:2 v.l.; Lk 24:1. ἔρχεσθαι ἐ. τι ὕδωρ come to some water Ac 8:36. ἐ. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν to the iron gate 12:10. καταβαίνειν ἐ. τὴν θάλασσαν go down to the sea J 6:16. ἐ. τὸν Ἰορδάνην Mt 3:13 (Just., D. 88, 3 al.). ἀναπίπτειν ἐ. τὸ στῆθος he leaned back on (Jesus’) breast J 13:25; 21:20. πίπτειν ἐ. τοὺς πόδας fall at (someone’s) feet Ac 10:25 (JosAs 14:10 ἔπεσεν ἐ πρόσωπον ἐ. τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ). ἐ. τ. ἀκάνθας among the thorns Mt 13:7.—W. acc. of pers. to someone ἐ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν ἐλθόντες they came to Jesus J 19:33; cp. Mt 27:27; Mk 5:21.ε. in imagery of goal or objective to, toward (Just., A II, 7, 6 ἐπʼ ἀμφότερα τρέπεσθαι) ἐπιστρέφειν, ἐπιστρέφεσθαι ἐ. τινα turn to (Dt 30:10; 31:20 al.; Ar. 2, 1 ἔλθωμεν καὶ ἐ. τὸ ἀνθρώπινον γένος ‘let us now turn to …’; Just., D. 56, 11 ἐ. τὰς γραφὰς ἐπανελθών) Lk 1:17; Ac 9:35; 11:21; 14:15; 26:20; Gal 4:9; 1 Pt 2:25.⑤ marker of manner, corresponding to an adv., w. dat. (Aeschyl., Suppl. 628 ἐπʼ ἀληθείᾳ; UPZ 162 VI, 3 [117 B.C.] κακοτρόπως καὶ ἐ. ῥαδιουργίᾳ; POxy 237 VI, 21 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; ἐφʼ ὁράσει En 14:8; Just., A I, 9, 3 ἐφʼ ὕβρει; 55, 7 ἐ. τούτῳ τῷ σχήματι ‘in this form’; Tat. 17, 1 ἐπʼ ἀκριβείᾳ; Ath. 33, 2 ἐφʼ ἑνὶ γάμῳ) ὁ σπείρων ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις (in contrast to ὁ σπείρων φειδομένως one who sows sparingly) one who sows in blessing (i.e. generously) 2 Cor 9:6. ἐπʼ εὐλογίαις θερίζειν reap generously ibid.⑥ marker of basis for a state of being, action, or result, on, w. dat. (Hom. et al.)ⓐ ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ ζῆν live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3. cp. Ps.-Pla., Alcib. 1, 105c; Plut., Mor. 526d; Alciphron 3, 7, 5; SibOr 4, 154). ἐ. τῷ ῥήματί σου depending on your word Lk 5:5. οὐ συνῆκαν ἐ. τοῖς ἄρτοις they did not arrive at an understanding (of it) (by reflecting) on (the miracle of) the loaves Mk 6:52 (cp. Demosth. 18, 121 τί σαυτὸν οὐκ ἐλλεβορίζεις ἐ. τούτοις [sc. λόγοις];=why do you not come to an understanding concerning these words?). ἐ. τῇ πίστει on the basis of faith Ac 3:16; Phil 3:9. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι on the basis of hope, supporting itself on hope Ac 2:26 (? s. ἐλπίς 1bα); Ro 4:18; 8:20; 1 Cor 9:10; Tit 1:2.—Ac 26:6 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι gives the basis of the trial at law, as does ἐ. εὐεργεσίᾳ 4:9. ἀπολύειν τ. γυναῖκα ἐ. πορνείᾳ Mt 19:9 (cp. Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 10 ἀπολύειν ἐπʼ ἀργυρίῳ; Ath. 2, 3 κρίνεσθαι … μὴ ἐ. τῷ ὀνόματι, ἐ. δὲ τῷ ἀδικήματι). γυναικὸς ἐ. πόλλαις ἁμαρτίαις διαβληθείσης Papias (2:17). On the basis of the testimony of two witnesses (cp. Appian, Iber. 79 §343 ἤλεγχον ἐ. μάρτυσι) Hb 10:28 (Dt 17:6); sim. use of ἐ. τινί on the basis of someth.: 8:6; 9:10, 15 (here it may also be taken in the temporal sense; s. 18 below), 17. ἁμαρτάνειν ἐ. τῷ ὁμοιώματι τ. παραβάσεως Ἀδάμ Ro 5:14 (ὁμοίωμα 1). δαπανᾶν ἐ. τινι pay the expenses for someone Ac 21:24. ἀρκεῖσθαι ἐ. τινι be content w. someth. 3J 10.ⓑ w. verbs of believing, hoping, trusting: πεποιθέναι (Wsd 3:9; Sus 35; 1 Macc 10:71; 2 Macc 7:40 and oft.) Lk 11:22; 18:9; 2 Cor 1:9; Hb 2:13 (2 Km 22:3). πιστεύειν Lk 24:25; Ro 9:33; 10:11; 1 Pt 2:6 (the last three Is 28:16). ἐλπίζειν (2 Macc 2:18; Sir 34:7) Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; cp. 1J 3:3. παρρησιάζεσθαι Ac 14:3.ⓒ after verbs which express feelings, opinions, etc.: at, because of, from, with (Hom. et al.) διαταράσσεσθαι Lk 1:29. ἐκθαυμάζειν Mk 12:17. ἐκπλήσσεσθαι Mt 7:28; Mk 1:22; Lk 4:32; Ac 13:12. ἐξίστασθαι (Jdth 11:16; Wsd 5:2 al.) Lk 2:47. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι (Is 1:29) Ro 6:21. εὐφραίνεσθαι (Sir 16:1; 18:32; 1 Macc 11:44) Rv 18:20. θαμβεῖσθαι Mk 10:24; cp. Lk 5:9; Ac 3:10. θαυμάζειν (Lev 26:32; Jdth 10:7 al.; Jos., Ant. 10, 277) Mk 12:17 v.l. μακροθυμεῖν (Sir 18:11; 29:8; 35:19) Mt 18:26, 29; Lk 18:7; Js 5:7. μετανοεῖν (Plut., Ag. 803 [19, 5]; Ps.-Lucian, Salt. 84; Prayer of Manasseh [=Odes 12] 7; Just., A I, 61, 10; D. 95, 3 al.) 2 Cor 12:21. ὀδυνᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 6:15) Ac 20:38. ὀργίζεσθαι Rv 12:17. σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 14:14; Lk 7:13. συλλυπεῖσθαι Mk 3:5. στυγνάζειν 10:22. χαίρειν (PEleph 13, 3; Jos., Ant. 1, 294; Tob 13:15; Bar 4:33; JosAs 4:2; Ar. 15, 7) Mt 18:13; Lk 1:14; 13:17; Ro 16:19 al. χαρὰν καὶ παράκλησιν ἔχειν Phlm 7. χαρὰ ἔσται Lk 15:7; cp. vs. 10 (Jos., Ant. 6, 116 ἡ ἐ. τῇ νίκῃ χαρά). Also w. verbs that denote aroused feelings παραζηλοῦν and παροργίζειν make jealous and angry at Ro 10:19 (Dt 32:21). παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 3:7a (cp. Just., D. 78:8 παράκλησιν ἐχουσῶν ἐ.), as well as those verbs that denote an expression of the emotions ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι (cp. Tob 13:15; Ps 69:5) Lk 1:47; Hs 8, 1, 18; 9, 24, 2. καυχᾶσθαι (Diod S 16, 70; Sir 30:2) Ro 5:2. κοπετὸν ποιεῖν (cp. 3 Macc 4:3) Ac 8:2. ὀλολύζειν Js 5:1. αἰνεῖν (cp. X., An. 3, 1, 45 al.) Lk 2:20. δοξάζειν (Polyb. 6, 53, 10; cp. Diod S 17, 21, 4 δόξα ἐ. ἀνδρείᾳ=fame because of bravery) Ac 4:21; 2 Cor 9:13. εὐχαριστεῖν give thanks for someth. (s. εὐχαριστέω 2; UPZ 59, 10 [168 B.C.] ἐ. τῷ ἐρρῶσθαί σε τ. θεοῖς εὐχαρίστουν) 1 Cor 1:4; cp. 2 Cor 9:15; 1 Th 3:9.—ἐφʼ ᾧ = ἐπὶ τούτῳ ὅτι for this reason that, because (Diod S 19, 98; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 112 §520; Ael. Aristid. 53 p. 640 D.; Synes., Ep. 73 p. 221c; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 154; Syntipas p. 12, 9; 127, 8; Thomas Mag. ἐφʼ ᾧ ἀντὶ τοῦ διότι; cp. W-S. §24, 5b and 12f. S. WKümmel, D. Bild des Menschen im NT ’48, 36–40) Ro 5:12 (SLyonnet, Biblica 36, ’55, 436–56 [denies a causal sense here]. On the probability of commercial idiom s. FDanker, FGingrich Festschr. ’72, 104f, also Ro 5:12, Sin under Law: NTS 14, ’68, 424–39; against him SPorter, TynBull 41, ’90, 3–30, also NTS 39, ’93, 321–33; difft. JFitzmyer, Anchor Bible Comm.: Romans, ad loc. ‘w. the result that all have sinned’); 2 Cor 5:4; Phil 3:12; for, indeed 4:10.⑦ marker of addition to what is already in existence, to, in addition to. W. dat. (Hom. et al.; PEleph 5, 17 [284/283 B.C.] μηνὸς Τῦβι τρίτῃ ἐπʼ εἰκάδι; Tob 2:14; Sir 3:27; 5:5) προσέθηκεν τοῦτο ἐ. πᾶσιν he added this to everything else Lk 3:20 (cp. Lucian, Luct. [On Funerals], 24). ἐ. τ. παρακλήσει ἡμῶν in addition to our comfort 2 Cor 7:13. λύπη ἐ. λύπῃ grief upon grief Phil 2:27 v.l. (cp. Soph., Oed. C. 544, also Polyb. 1, 57, 1 πληγὴ ἐ. πληγῇ; Plut., Mor. 123f; Polyaenus 5, 52 ἐ. φόνῳ φόνον; Quint. Smyrn. 5, 602 ἐ. πένθει πένθος=sorrow upon sorrow; Sir 26:15). ἐ. τῇ σῇ εὐχαριστίᾳ to your prayer of thanks 1 Cor 14:16. So perh. also Hb 8:1. ἐ. πᾶσι τούτοις to all these Col 3:14; Lk 16:26 v.l. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 25 al.; Sir 37:15; cp. 1 Macc 10:42; Just., D. 133, 1 ἐ. τούτοις πᾶσι).—W. acc.: addition to someth. of the same kind Mt 6:27; Lk 12:25; Rv 22:18a. λύπην ἐ. λύπην sorrow upon sorrow Phil 2:27 (cp. Is 28:10, 13; Ezk 7:26; Ps 68:28).⑧ marker of perspective, in consideration of, in regard to, on the basis of, concerning, about, w. gen. (Antig. Car. 164 ἐ. τῶν οἴνων ἀλλοιοῦσθαι; 4 Macc. 2:9 ἐ. τῶν ἑτέρων … ἔστιν ἐπιγνῶναι τοῦτο, ὅτι …; Ath. 29, 2 τὰ ἐ. τῆς μανίας πάθη) ἐ. δύο ἢ τριῶν μαρτύρων on the evidence of two or three witnesses 1 Ti 5:19 (cp. TestAbr A 13 p. 92, 22ff. [Stone p. 32]). Sim. in the expr. ἐ. στόματος δύο μαρτύρων (Dt 19:15) Mt 18:16; 2 Cor 13:1. ἐπʼ αὐτῆς on the basis of it Hb 7:11. ἐπʼ ἀληθείας based on truth = in accordance w. truth, truly (Demosth. 18, 17 ἐπʼ ἀληθείας οὐδεμιᾶς εἰρημένα; POxy 255, 16 [48 A.D.]; Da 2:8; Tob 8:7; En 104:11) Mk 12:14, 32; Lk 4:25; 20:21; Ac 4:27. ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ based on himself = to or by himself (X., An. 2, 4, 10; Demosth. 18, 224 ἐκρίνετο ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; Dionys. Hal., Comp. Verb. 16 ἐ. σεαυτοῦ. Cp. Kühner-G. I 498e) 2 Cor 10:7.—To introduce the object which is to be discussed or acted upon λέγειν ἐ. τινος speak of, about someth. (Pla., Charm., 155d, Leg. 2, 662d; Isocr. 6, 41; Aelian, VH 1, 30; Jer 35:8; EpArist 162; 170; Ath. 5:1 ἐ. τοῦ νοητοῦ … δογματίζειν) Gal 3:16. Do someth. on, in the case of (cp. 1 Esdr 1:22) σημεῖα ποιεῖν ἐ. τῶν ἀσθενούντων work miracles on the sick J 6:2.—On B 13:6 s. τίθημι 1bζ.—In ref. to someth. (Aristot., Pol. 1280a, 17; 4 Macc 12:5 τῶν ἐ. τῆς βασιλείας … πραγμάτων; Just., A I, 5, 1 ἐφʼ ἡμῶν ‘in our case’, D. 131, 4; Ath. 15, 3 ἐ. τῆς ὕλης καὶ τοῦ θεοῦ ‘as respects God and matter, so …’) ἐ. τινων δεῖ ἐγκρατεύεσθαι in certain matters one must practice self-control Hm 8:1. οὔτε … οἴδασι τὸν ἐ. τοῦ πυροῦ σπόρον nor do they comprehend (the figurative sense of) the sowing of wheat AcPlCor 2:26 (cp. 1 Cor 15:36f).⑨ marker of power, authority, control of or over someone or someth., overⓐ w. gen. (Hdt. 5, 109 al.; Mitt-Wilck. I/1, 124, 1=BGU 1120, 1 [5 B.C.] πρωτάρχῳ ἐ. τοῦ κριτηρίου; 287, 1; LXX; AscIs 2:5 τοῦ ἐ. τῶν πραγματε[ι] ῶν=Denis p. 109) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινος (Judg 9:8, 10; 1 Km 8:7) Rv 5:10. ἔχειν βασιλείαν ἐ. τῶν βασιλέων 17:18. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τινος have power over someone 20:6. διδόναι ἐξουσίαν ἐ. τινος 2:26. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινος set someone over, put someone in charge, of someth. or someone (Pla., Rep. 5, 460b; Demosth. 18, 118; Gen 39:4f; 1 Macc 6:14; 10:37; 2 Macc 12:20 al.; EpArist 281; τεταγμένος En 20:5) Mt 24:45; Lk 12:42; Ac 6:3. εἶναι ἐ. τινος (Synes., Ep. 79 p. 224d; Tob 1:22; Jdth 14:13; 1 Macc 10:69) ὸ̔ς ἦν ἐ. πάσης τῆς γάζης αὐτῆς who was in charge of all her treasure 8:27. Of God ὁ ὢν ἐ. πάντων (Apollonius of Tyana [I A.D.] in Eus., PE 4, 13) Ro 9:5; cp. Eph 4:6. ὁ ἐ. τινος w. ὤν to be supplied (Demosth. 18, 247 al.; Diod S 13, 47, 6; Plut., Pyrrh. 385 [5, 7], Aemil. Paul. 267 [23, 6]; PTebt 5, 88 [118 B.C.] ὁ ἐ. τ. προσόδων; 1 Macc 6:28; 2 Macc 3:7; 3 Macc 6:30 al.; EpArist 110; 174) ὁ ἐ. τοῦ κοιτῶνος the chamberlain Ac 12:20.ⓑ w dat. (X., Cyr. 1, 2, 5; 2, 4, 25 al., An. 4, 1, 13; Demosth. 19, 113; Aeschines 2, 73; Esth 8:12e; Just., A II, 5, 2 ἀγγέλοις οὓς ἐ. τούτοις ἔταξε; cp. Ath. 24, 3; Ath. 6, 4 τὸν ἐ. τῇ κινήσει τοῦ σώματος λόγον) Mt 24:47; Lk 12:44.ⓒ w. acc. (X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Dionys. Byz. §56 θεῷ ἐ. πάντα δύναμις; LXX; PsSol 17:3, 32) βασιλεύειν ἐ. τινα rule over someone (Gen 37:8; Judg 9:15 B al.) Lk 1:33; 19:14, 27; Ro 5:14. καθιστάναι τινὰ ἐ. τινα set someone over someone (X., Cyr. 4, 5, 58) κριτὴν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς as judge over you Lk 12:14; ἡγούμενον ἐπʼ Αἴγυπτον Ac 7:10; cp. Hb 2:7 v.l. (Ps 8:7); 3:6; 10:21. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν ἐ. τι Rv 16:9. ἐξουσίαν διδόναι ἐ. τι (Sir 33:20) Lk 9:1; 10:19; Rv 6:8; cp. 22:14. φυλάσσειν φυλακὰς ἐ. τι Lk 2:8 (cp. En 100:5). ὑπεραίρεσθαι ἐ. τινα exalt oneself above someone 2 Th 2:4 (cp. Da 11:36); but here the mng. against is also poss. (s. 12b below). πιστὸς ἐ. τι faithful over someth. Mt 25:21, 23.⑩ marker of legal proceeding, before, w. acc. in the lang. of the law-courts ἐ. ἡγεμόνας καὶ βασιλεῖς ἄγεσθαι be brought before governors and kings Mt 10:18; cp. Lk 21:12 (cp. BGU 22, 36 [114 A.D.] ἀξιῶ ἀκθῆναι [=ἀχθῆναι] τ. ἐνκαλουμένους ἐ. σὲ πρὸς δέουσαν ἐπέξοδον; Just., A II, 2, 12 ἐ. Οὔρβικον). ὑπάγεις ἐπʼ ἄρχοντα you are going before the magistrate Lk 12:58; cp. Ac 16:19. ἤγαγον αὐτὸν ἐ. τὸν Πιλᾶτον Lk 23:1. ἐ. τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς Ac 9:21. ἐ. Καίσαρα πορεύεσθαι come before the emperor 25:12. ἐ. τὰς συναγωγάς Lk 12:11. ἐ. τὸ βῆμα Ac 18:12. Cp. 3 above. Here the focus is on transfer to the judiciary.⑪ marker of purpose, goal, result, to, for, w. acc. (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 2, 3 Jac. ἐ. κατοικίαν) ἐ. τὸ βάπτισμα for baptism=to have themselves baptized Mt 3:7 (cp. Just., A I, 61, 10 ἐ. τὸ λουτρόν; D. 56, 1 ἐ. τὴν … κρίσιν πεμφθεῖσι). ἐ. τὴν θεωρίαν ταύτην for (i.e. to see) this sight Lk 23:48 (sim. Hom. et al.; POxy 294, 18 [22 A.D.]; LXX; Tat. 23, 2 ἐ. τὴν θέαν). ἐ. τὸ συμφέρον to (our) advantage Hb 12:10 (cp. Tat. 6, 1; 34, 2 οὐκ ἐ. τι χρήσιμον ‘to no purpose’). ἐ. σφαγήν Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); cp. Mt 22:5; ἐ. τ. τελειότητα Hb 6:1. ἐ. τοῦτο for this (X., An. 2, 5, 22; Jos., Ant. 12, 23) Lk 4:43. ἐφʼ ὅ; for what (reason)? Mt 26:50 v.l. (s. ὅς 1bα and 1iβ). Cp. 16.⑫ marker of hostile opposition, againstⓐ w. dat. (Hom. et al.; 2 Macc 13:19; Sir 28:23 v.l.; fig. Ath. 22, 7 τοὺς ἐπʼ αὐτοῖς λόγους ‘counter-evidence’) Lk 12:52f (s. use of acc. b below); Ac 11:19. Cp. J 8:7 v.l. (1bβ above).ⓑ w. acc. (Hdt. 1, 71; X., Hell. 3, 4, 20 al.; Jos., Ant. 13, 331; LXX; En; TestJud 3:1 al.; JosAs 19:2; Just., D. 103, 7; Tat. 36, 2) ὥρμησαν ἐ. αὐτόν Ac 7:57. ἔρχεσθαι Lk 14:31. ἐπαναστήσονται τέκνα ἐ. γονεῖς Mt 10:21; Mk 13:12; cp. ἔθνος ἐ. ἔθνος Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8. ἐφʼ ἑαυτόν divided against himself Mt 12:26; Mk 3:24f, 26; Lk 11:17f; cp. J 13:18 (s. Ps 40:10); Ac 4:27; 13:50 al.—Lk 12:53 (4 times; the first and third occurrences w. the acc. are prob. influenced by usage in Mic 7:6; the use of the dat. Lk 12:52f [s. a above] w. a verb expressing a circumstance is in accord with older Gk. [Il. et al.], which prefers the acc. with verbs of motion in ref. to hostility). Cp. 15.⑬ marker of number or measure, w. acc. (Hdt. et. al.; LXX; GrBar 3:6) ἐ. τρίς (CIG 1122, 9; PHolm α18) three times Ac 10:16; 11:10. So also ἐ. πολύ more than once Hm 4, 1, 8. ἐ. πολύ (also written ἐπιπολύ) in a different sense to a great extent, carefully (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Lucian, D. Deor. 6, 2; 25, 2; 3 Macc 5:17; Jos., Ant. 17, 107) B 4:1. ἐ. πλεῖον to a greater extent, further (Hdt., Thu. et al.; Diod S 11, 60, 5 al.; prob. 2 Macc 12:36; TestGad 7:2; Ar. 4, 3; Ath. 7, 1 ἐ. το πλεῖστον) 2 Ti 3:9; 1 Cl 18:3 (Ps 50:4). ἐ. τὸ χεῖρον 2 Ti 3:13. ἐφʼ ὅσον to the degree that, in so far as (Diod S 1, 93, 2; Maximus Tyr. 11, 3c ἐφʼ ὅσον δύναται; Hierocles 14 p. 451) Mt 25:40, 45; B 4:11; 17:1; Ro 11:13.⑭ marker indicating the one to whom, for whom, or about whom someth. is done, to, on, aboutⓐ w. dat. πράσσειν τι ἐ. τινι do someth. to someone Ac 5:35 (thus Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 15 §51; cp. δρᾶν τι ἐ. τινι Hdt. 3, 14; Aelian, NA 11, 11); about γεγραμμένα ἐπʼ αὐτῷ J 12:16 (cp. Hdt. 1, 66). προφητεύειν ἐ. τινι Rv 10:11. μαρτυρεῖν bear witness about Hb 11:4; Rv 22:16. ἐ. σοὶ … φανερώσει κύριος τὸ λύτρον the Lord will reveal the salvation to you GJs 7:2.ⓑ w. acc.α. ὁ ἄνθρωπος ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον the man on whom the miracle had been performed Ac 4:22 (cp. Just., D. 128, 1 κρίσεως γεγενημένης ἐ. Σόδομα). ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν λέγεται ταῦτα the one about whom this was said Hb 7:13 (cp. ἐ. πόρρω οὖσαν [γενεὰν] ἐγὼ λαλῶ En 1:2). γέγραπται ἐπʼ αὐτόν Mk 9:12f; cp. Ro 4:9; 1 Ti 1:18; βάλλειν κλῆρον ἐ. τι for someth. Mk 15:24; J 19:24 (Ps 21:19). ἀνέβη ὁ κλῆρος ἐ. Συμεών the lot came up in favor of Simeon GJs 24:4.β. of powers, conditions, etc., which come upon someone or under whose influence someone is: on, upon, to, over ἐγένετο ῥῆμα θεοῦ ἐ. Ἰωάννην the word of God came to John Lk 3:2 (cp. Jer 1:1). Of divine blessings (cp. En 1:8; ParJer 5:28) Mt 10:13; 12:28; Lk 10:6; 11:20; cp. 10:9; Ac 10:10. ἵνα ἐπισκηνώσῃ ἐπʼ ἐμὲ ἡ δύναμις τ. Χριστοῦ that the power of Christ may rest upon me 2 Cor 12:9. χάρις θεοῦ ἦν ἐπʼ αὐτό Lk 2:40. Various verbs are used in ref. to the Holy Spirit, either in pass. or act. role, in connection w. ἐ. τινα: ἐκχεῖν Ac 2:17f (Jo 3:1f); cp. 10:45; Tit 3:6. ἀποστέλλειν (ἐξαποστέλλειν v.l.) Lk 24:49. ἐπέρχεσθαι 1:35; Ac 1:8 (Just., D. 87, 3; cp. ἔρχεσθαι A I, 33, 6; D. 49, 7 ἀπὸ τοῦ Ἠλίου ἐ. τὸν Ἰωάννην ἐλθεῖν). ἐπιπίπτειν 10:44. καταβαίνειν Lk 3:22; J 1:33. τίθεσθαι Mt 12:18 (cp. Is 42:1). Also εἶναι Lk 2:25. μένειν J 1:32f. ἀναπαύεσθαι 1 Pt 4:14. Of unpleasant or startling experiences Lk 1:12, 65; 4:36; Ac 13:11; 19:17; Rv 11:11.—Lk 19:43; 21:35, cp. vs. 34; J 18:4; Eph 5:6; cp. Rv 3:3.—Ro 2:2, 9; 15:3 (Ps 68:10). Of the blood of the righteous, that comes over or upon the murderers Mt 23:35; 27:25; Ac 5:28. Of care, which one casts on someone else 1 Pt 5:7 (Ps 54:23).⑮ marker of feelings directed toward someone, in, on, for, toward, w. acc., after words that express belief, trust, hope: πιστεύειν ἐ. τινα, w. acc. (Wsd 12:2; Just., D. 16:4 al.) Ac 9:42; 11:17; 16:31; 22:19; Ro 4:24. πίστις Hb 6:1. πεποιθέναι (Is 58:14) Mt 27:43; 2 Th 3:4; 2 Cor 2:3. ἐλπίζειν (1 Ch 5:20; 2 Ch 13:18 al.; PsSol 9:10; 17:3; Just., D. 16:4 al.) 1 Pt 1:13; 1 Ti 5:5. After words that characterize an emotion or its expression: for κόπτεσθαι (Zech 12:10) Rv 1:7; 18:9. κλαίειν Lk 23:28; Rv 18:9 (cp. JosAs 15:9 χαρήσεται ἐ. σέ). σπλαγχνίζεσθαι Mt 15:32; Mk 8:2; 9:22; Hm 4, 3, 5; Hs 9, 24, 2. χρηστός toward Lk 6:35. χρηστότης Ro 11:22; Eph 2:7; cp. Ro 9:23. Esp. also if the feelings or their expressions are of a hostile nature: toward, against (cp. λοιδορεῖν Just., D. 137, 2) ἀποτομία Ro 11:22. μαρτύριον Lk 9:5. μάρτυς ἐ. τ. ἐμὴν ψυχήν a witness against my soul (cp. Dssm., LO 258; 355 [LAE 304; 417]) 2 Cor 1:23. ἀσχημονεῖν 1 Cor 7:36. μοιχᾶσθαι Mk 10:11. τολμᾶν 2 Cor 10:2 (En 7:4). βρύχειν τ. ὀδόντας Ac 7:54. Cp. 12.⑯ marker of object or purpose, with dat. in ref. to someth. (Hom., Thu. et al.; SIG 888, 5 ἐ. τῇ τῶν ἀνθρ. σωτηρίᾳ; PTebt 44, 6 [114 B.C.] ὄντος μου ἐ. θεραπείᾳ ἐν τῷ Ἰσιείω; LXX; TestJob 3:5 ὁ ἐ. τῇ σωτηρίᾳ τῆς ἐμῆς ψυχῆς ἐλθών; Jos., Ant. 5, 101; Just., A I, 29, 1 ἐ. παίδων ἀναστροφῇ; D. 91, 4 ἐ. σωτηρίᾳ τῶν πιστευόντων) καλείν τινα ἐ. τινι call someone for someth. Gal 5:13 (on ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ cp. Demosth. 23, 124; [59], 32); ἐ. ἀκαθαρσίᾳ for impurity, i.e. so that we should be impure 1 Th 4:7. κτισθέντες ἐ. ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς for good deeds Eph 2:10. λογομαχεῖν ἐ. καταστροφῇ τῶν ἀκουόντων for the ruin of those who hear 2 Ti 2:14 (cp. Eur., Hipp. 511; X., Mem. 2, 3, 19 ἐ. βλάβη; Hdt. 1, 68 ἐ. κακῷ ἀνθρώπου; Polyb. 27, 7, 13 and PGM 4, 2440 ἐπʼ ἀγαθῷ=‘for good’). Cp. 11.⑰ marker in idiom of authorization, w. dat.: the formula ἐ. τῷ ὀνοματί τινος, in the name of someone, used w. many verbs (Just., D. 39, 6 w. γίνεσθαι, otherw. ἐ. ὀνόματος, e.g. A I, 61, 13; w. διὰ τοῦ ὀ. and in oaths κατὰ τοῦ ὀ. A II, 6, 6, D. 30, 3; 85, 2.—Ath. 23, 1 ἐ. ὀνόματι εἰδώλων.—ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι LXX; JosAs 9:1), focuses on the authorizing function of the one named in the gen. (cp. WHeitmüller [‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903, 13ff], ‘in connection with, or by the use of, i.e. naming, or calling out, or calling upon the name’ [88]): βαπτίζειν Ac 2:38. δέχεσθαί τινα Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48. διδάσκειν Ac 4:18; 5:28. δύναμιν ποιεῖν Mk 9:39. ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἔρχεσθαι Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν 24:47. λαλεῖν Ac 4:17; 5:40. Semantically divergent from the preceding, but formulaically analogous, is καλεῖν τινα ἐ. τῷ ὀν. τινος name someone after someone (2 Esdr 17:63) Lk 1:59.—ὄνομα 1dγג.—M-M.⑱ marker of temporal associations, in the time of, at, on, forⓐ w. gen., time within which an event or condition takes place (Hom.+) in the time of, under (kings or other rulers): in the time of Elisha Lk 4:27 (cp. Just., D. 46, 6 ἐ. Ἠλίου). ἐ. τῆς μετοικεσίας at the time of the exile Mt 1:11. Under=during the rule or administration of (Hes., Op. 111; Hdt. 6, 98 al.; OGI 90, 15; PAmh 43, 2 [173 B.C.]; UPZ 162 V, 5 [117 B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:12; 1 Macc 13:42; 2 Macc 15:22; Jos., Ant. 12, 156 ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ὀ.) ἐ. Ἀβιαθὰρ ἀρχιερέως under, in the time of, Abiathar the high priest Mk 2:26. ἐ. ἀρχιερέως Ἅννα καὶ Καιάφα Lk 3:2. ἐ. Κλαυδίου Ac 11:28 (Just., A I, 26, 2). ἐ. τῶν πατέρων in the time of the fathers 1 Cl 23:3. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτων τῶν ἡμερῶν in the last days (Gen 49:1; Num 24:14; Mi 4:1; Jer 37:24; Da 10:14) 2 Pt 3:3; Hs 9, 12, 3; cp. Hb 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τοῦ χρόνου in the last time Jd 18. ἐπʼ ἐσχάτου τῶν χρόνων at the end of the times/ages 1 Pt 1:20. ἐ. τῶν προσευχῶν μου when I pray, in my prayers (cp. PTebt 58, 31 [111 B.C.] ἐ. τ. διαλόγου, ‘in the discussion’; 4 Macc 15:19 ἐ. τ. βασάνων ‘during the tortures’; Sir 37:29; 3 Macc 5:40; Demetr.: 722, Fgm. 1, 14 Jac. ἐ. τοῦ ἀρίστου; Synes., Ep. 121 p. 258c ἐ. τῶν κοινῶν ἱερῶν) Ro 1:10; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4.ⓑ w. dat., time at or during which (Hom. et al.; PTebt 5, 66 [118 B.C.]; PAmh 157; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 3 ἐ. χρόνοις Τίερίου) at, in, at the time of, during: ἐ. τοῖς νῦν χρόνοις in these present times 2 Cl 19:4. ἐ. τῇ πρώτῃ διαθήκῃ at the time of the first covenant Hb 9:15. ἐ. συντελείᾳ τ. αἰώνων at the close of the age 9:26 (Tat. 13, 1 ἐ. ς. τοῦ κόσμου; cp. Sir 22:10 and PLond III, 954, 18 p. 154 [260 A.D.] ἐ. τέλει τ. χρόνου; POxy 275, 20 [66 A.D.] ἐ. συνκλεισμῷ τ. χρόνου; En 27:3 ἐπʼ ἐσχάτοις αἰώσιν). ἐ. τῇ θυσίᾳ at the time of, together with, the sacrifice Phil 2:17. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ μνείᾳ ὑμῶν at every remembrance of you Phil 1:3. ἐ. παροργισμῷ ὑμῶν during your wrath, i.e. while you are angry Eph 4:26. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ ἀνάγκῃ in all (our) distress 1 Th 3:7b. ἐ. πάσῃ τῇ θλίψει 2 Cor 1:4. ἐ. τούτῳ in the meanwhile J 4:27 (Lucian, Dial. Deor. 17, 2, cp. Philops. 14 p. 41; Syntipas p. 76, 2 ἐφʼ ἡμέραις ἑπτα; 74, 6).ⓒ w. acc.α. answering the question ‘when?’ on: ἐ. τὴν αὔριον (Sb 6011, 14 [I B.C.]; PRyl 441 ἐ. τὴν ἐπαύριον) (on) the next day Lk 10:35; Ac 4:5. ἐ. τὴν ὥραν τ. προσευχῆς at the hour of prayer 3:1 (Polyaenus 8, 17 ἐ. ὥραν ὡρισμένην).β. answering the qu. ‘how long?’ for, over a period of (Hom. et al.; Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 170, 8=BGU 1058, 9 [13 B.C.]; POxy 275, 9; 15 ἐ. τὸν ὅλον χρόνον; PTebt 381, 19 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον περίεστιν ἡ μήτηρ; LXX; En 106:15; TestJob 30:2 ἐ. ὥρας τρεῖς; TestJud 3:4; TestGad 5:11; Jos., Ant. 11, 2; Just., D. 142, 1 ἐ. ποσόν ‘for awhile’) ἐ. ἔτη τρία for three years (Phlegon: 257 Fgm. 36, 2, 1 Jac.) Lk 4:25. ἐ. τρεῖς ἡμέρας for three days (Diod S 13, 19, 2; Arrian, Anab. 4, 9, 4; GDI 4706, 119 [Thera] ἐπʼ ἀμέρας τρεῖς) GPt 8:30 al. ἐ. ἡμέρας πλείους over a period of many days (Jos., Ant. 4, 277) Ac 13:31.—16:18 (ἐ. πολλὰς ἡμέρας as Appian, Liby. 29 §124; cp. Diod S 3, 16, 4); 17:2; 19:8, 10, 34; 27:20; Hb 11:30. ἐ. χρόνον for a while (cp. Il. 2, 299; Hdt. 9, 22, 1; Apollon. Rhod. 4, 1257; Jos., Vi. 2) Lk 18:4. ἐ. πλείονα χρόνον (Diod S 3, 16, 6; Hero Alex. I p. 344, 17) Ac 18:20. ἐφʼ ὅσον χρόνον as long as Ro 7:1; 1 Cor 7:39; Gal 4:1. Also ἐφʼ ὅσον as long as Mt 9:15; 2 Pt 1:13 (for other mngs. of ἐφʼ ὅσον s. above under 13). ἐφʼ ἱκανόν (sc. χρόνον) for a considerable time (EpArist 109) Ac 20:11. ἐ. χρόνον ἱκανόν Qua. ἐ. πολύ for a long time, throughout a long period of time (Thu. 1, 7; 1, 18, 1; 2, 16, 1 al.; Appian, Liby. 5 §21; Arrian, Cyneg. 23, 1; Lucian, Toxar. 20; Wsd 18:20; Sir 49:13; JosAs 19:3; Jos., Vi. 66: Just., A I, 65, 3) Ac 28:6. ἐ. πλεῖον the same (schol. on Pind., N. 7, 56b; PLille 3, 16 [III B.C.]; Jdth 13:1; Sir prol. l. 7; Jos., Ant. 18, 150) Ac 20:9; any longer (Lucian, D. Deor. 5, 3; Appian, Hann. 54 §227; 3 Macc 5:8; Wsd 8:12; Ath. 12, 3) Ac 24:4; 1 Cl 55:1. -
45 χάρις
Aχάριτα Hdt.6.41
, 9.107, E.El.61, Hel. 1378, X.HG3.5.16, Phylarch. 24 J., PGen.47.17 (iv A.D.), etc. (un-Attic, acc. to Moer.p.414P.): χάριταν Gloss.: pl. χάριτες; dat. χάρισι, χαρίτεσσι, Od.6.237, Il. 17.51, Pi.O.7.93: ([etym.] χαίρω):— grace:I in objective sense, outward grace or fauour, beauty, prop. of persons or their portraits, , etc.;χάριν ἀμφιχέαι κεφαλῇ Hes.Op.65
;εὐμόρφων δὲ κολοσσῶν ἔχθεται χ. ἀνδρί A.Ag. 417
(lyr.): pl., graces,κάλλεϊ καὶ χάρισι στίλβων Od.6.237
; ; gracefully,Th.
2.41: less freq. of things, χ. δ' ἀπελάμπετο πολλή, of ear-rings, Il.14.183; of works,ἔργοισι χάριν καὶ κῦδος ὀπάζει Od.15.320
; of words,οὔ οἱ χ. ἀμφιπεριστέφεται ἐπέεσσιν 8.175
; πλείστη δὲ χ. κατὰ μέτρον ἰούσης [γλώσσης] Hes.Op. 720;ταὶ Διωνύσου σὺν βοηλάτα χάριτες διθυράμβῳ Pi.O.13.19
;ἡ τῶν λόγων χ. D.4.38
, cf. D.H. Comp.23;μῦθοι πληθόμενοι χαρίτων AP9.186
(Antip.Thess.).2 glory,Φερενίκου χ. Pi.O.1.18
, cf. 8.57,80.II in subjective sense, grace or favour felt, whether on the part of the doer or the receiver (both senses appear in such phrases asὅτ'.. ἡ χάρις χάριν φέροι S.OC 779
; , cf. E.Hel. 1234, Arist.Rh. 1385a16):1 on the part of the doer, grace, kindness, goodwill, τινος for or towards one, Hes.Op. 190;τῶν Μεσσηνίων χάριτι πεισθείς Th.3.95
; οὐ χάριτι τῇ ἐμῇ not for any kind feeling towards me, Antipho 5.41: abs.,εἰ δέ τις μείζων χ. A. Supp. 960
;τῆς παλαιᾶς χ. ἐκβεβλημένη S.Aj. 808
; ἦ μεγάλα χ. δώρῳσύν ὀλίγῳ Theoc.28.24
;χ. εὑρεῖν ἐναντίον τοῦ θεοῦ LXX Ge.6.8
, al.;χάριν ἔχειν πρὸς τὸν δῆμον Plu.Dem.7
; partiality, favour,μήτε ἔλεον μήτε συγγνώμην μήτε χ. μηδεμίαν περὶ πλείονος ποιήσασθαι τῶν νόμων Lys.14.40
;οὐ συμφωνοῦσιν ὀργαὶ καὶ χάριτες μακαριότητι Epicur. Ep.
ip.28 U., cf. Pl.Lg. 740c.2 more freq. on the part of the receiver, sense of favour received, thankfulness, gratitude,χάριν καὶ κῦδος ἄροιο Il.4.95
;ἀρέομαι πὰρ Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χ. Pi.P.1.76
; τινος for a thing, , cf. 22.319;ἀντὶ πόνων χ. Th.4.86
: less freq. c. inf., οὐκ ἄρα τις χάρις ἦεν μάρνασθαι one has, it seems, no thanks for fighting, Il.9.316, 17.147;οἵ οἱ ἀπεμνήσαντο χ. εὐεργεσιάων Hes.Th. 503
, cf. Th.1.137;χάριν φέρειν τινί Pi.O.10(11).17
;χ. τροφεῦσιν ἀμείβων A.Ag. 728
(lyr.);φιλότητος ἀμειβόμεναι χ. S.El. 134
(lyr.); χάριν εἰδέναι τινί to acknowledge a sense of favour, feel grateful, once in Hom.,ἐγὼ δέ κέ τοι ἰδέω χ. ἤματα πάντα Il.14.235
; freq. in Prose, Hdt.3.21, Lys.2.23, Isoc.4.175, etc.; τούτων for a thing, X.Cyr.1.6.11, etc.;τοῖς διαπεπραγμένοις Plu.Alex.62
;μοι χ. οἶδεν ἐπὶ τούτοις Luc.
Bis Acc.17;χ. προσειδέναι Pl.Ap. 20a
;ἀποδιδόναι Id.R. 338a
;τινὰ ἀποστερῆσαι χάριτος Id.Hp.Mi. 372c
; laterχ. γνῶναι Philostr.VA2.17
;πολλὴν γνοῦσα χ. X.Eph.3.5
;χ. ἐπίσταμαι πᾶσι Charito 3.4
, cf. 8.5, Poll.5.142, Jul.Or.8.246c; alsoτῶν παροιχομένων ἔχειν σφι μεγάλην χ. Hdt.7.120
, cf. 1.71, E.Heracl. 767 (lyr.), IT 847 (lyr.), Lys.16.1, Hyp.Ath.5: c. part.,χ. ἔχειν σωθέντες X.An.2.5.14
; also χάριτας ἔχων πατρός owing him a debt of gratitude, E.Or. 244: but ἀσπασμάτων χάριν τίν' ἕξει; what thanks will she have for.. ? Id.Hec. 830;χ. ἂν ἐν τούτῳ μείζω ἔτι ἔσχεν Th.8.87
; χ. ὀφείλειν to owe gratitude, be beholden,τοῖς θεοῖς S.Ant. 331
, cf. X.Cyr.3.2.30;προσοφείλειν D.3.31
;χ. οὐδεμία ἐφαίνετο πρὸς Ἀθηναίων Hdt.5.90
; χάριν ἀθάνατον καταθέσθαι to lay up a store of undying gratitude, Id.7.178, cf. 6.41;τῇ πόλει χ. καταθέσθαι Antipho 5.61
, cf. Th.1.33; χάριν λαβεῖν τινος receive thanks from one, S.OT 1004, etc.;ἀπολαβεῖν παρά τινων Lys.20.31
; τινος for a thing, X.Mem.2.2.5, Aeschin.2.4; ;κἀπ' ἐμοῦ κτήσει χ. Id.Tr. 471
;κομίσασθαι χ. Th.3.58
;χάριτος τυχεῖν Lycurg. 135
;ἀπέχειν χάριτας Call.Epigr.51.4
, etc.; τοῖς θεοῖς χάρις (sc. ἐστί) ὅτι .., thank the gods that.., X.An.3.3.14, Cyr.7.5.72;χ. τινί τινος Luc.Tim.36
;τινὶ ὑπέρ τινος Plu.2.1122a
.3 favour, influence, opp. force,χάριτι τὸ πλέον ἢ φόβῳ Th.1.9
; χ. καὶ δεήσει, opp. ἀπειλῇ, Plu.Sull.38.4 love-charm, philtre, Luc. Alex.5, Merc.Cond.40.III in concrete sense, a favour done or returned, boon, χάριν φέρειν τινί confer a favour on one, do a thing to oblige him, Il.5.211, 874, 9.613, Od.5.307, E.IT14, Or. 239, And.2.24 (so in [voice] Med., of the recipient, ib.9);ἄλλοις χ. φέροντες Th.3.54
; χάριν θέσθαι or τίθεσθαί τινι, Hdt.9.60, 107, A. Pr. 782, E.Hec. 1211, etc.;προσθέσθαι S.OC 767
;χ. ὑπουργῆσαί τινι A.Pr. 635
; ; , 896 (lyr.);δράσας Th.2.40
; ἀνύσαι prob. in S.Tr. 995 (anap.); ;χ. δοῦναί τινι A.Pr. 821
, S.OC 1489 (but χ. δοῦναι, = χαρίζεσθαι (1.2), indulge, humour, ὀργῇ ib. 855;γαστρί Cratin.317
); χ. χαρίζεσθαι, v. χαρίζομαι 1.1: χ. ἀνθυπουργεῖν return a favour, S.Fr. 339; , Ag. 821;χάριτας πατρῴας ἐκτίνων E.Or. 453
, cf. Pl. Mx. 242c, etc.;χ. ἀποδιδόναι τινί Lys.12.60
, 28.17;ἀντί τινος X.Ages.2.29
;ὑπέρ τινος Isoc.4.56
;τῶν ἔργων τὰς χάριτας ἀποδ. τινί Lys.31.24
;χάριτας ἀντιδιδόναι Th.3.63
; opp. χάριν ἀπαιτεῖν to ask the repayment of a boon, E.Hec. 276, cf. Lys.18.23, D.20.156;χάριτας ἀπ. Lycurg.139
;χάριν ἐξαιτεῖσθαι S.OC 586
; χ. ἀποστερεῖν withhold a return for what one has received, Pl.Grg. 520c; τὰς αὑτοῦ εἰς τοὺς φίλους χ. the favours one has done them, Id.Lg. 729d; χ. ἄχαρις α thankless favour, one which receives, or deserves, no thanks, A.Pr. 545 (lyr.);χ. ἀχάριτος Id.Ch.42
(lyr.), E.Ph. 1757 (lyr.).b grant made in legal form, POxy.273.14 (i A.D.), PGrenf.2.70.5 (iii A.D.), etc.; αἱ τῶν Σεβαστῶν χ. imperial grants, OGI669.44 (Egypt, i A.D.).2 esp. in erotic sense, of favours granted (v.χαρίζομαι 1.3
),ἀλόχου χάριν ἰδεῖν Il.11.243
, cf. A.Ag. 1206: more freq. in pl., X.Hier.1.34, 7.6, etc.; βίᾳ δ' ἔπραξας χάριτας ἢ πείσας κόρην; Trag.Adesp.402; in full,χάριτες ἀφροδισίων ἐρώτων Pi.Fr. 128
, cf. Pl.Phdr. 254a, al.IV gratification, delight, τινος in or from a thing,συμποσίου Pi. O.7.5
;νίκας Id.O.10(11).78
;ὕπνου χ. E.Or. 159
(lyr.); evenχ. γόων Id.Supp.79
(lyr.); also concrete, of things, a delight, Pi.I.2.19 (pl.);τὰν βοτρυώδη Διονύσου χ. οἴνας E.Ba. 535
(lyr.), cf. Ar.Nu. 311 (lyr.), Jul.Or.3.125b;ἔνοπτρα, παρθένων χάριτας E.Tr. 1108
(lyr.): abs.,Ἔρως.. εἰσάγων γλυκεῖαν χ. Id.Hipp. 527
(lyr.); opp. λύπη, S.El. 821, E.Hel. 655 (lyr.); opp. πόνος, S.OC 232 (lyr.);θανεῖν πολλὴ χάρις A.Ag. 550
, cf. 1304;βίου χ. μεθεῖσα E.Med. 227
;οὐδεμίαν ἔχω τῷ βίῳ χάριν Ar.Lys. 865
; τοῖς δὲ σιτίοις χ. οὐδεμίαν οἶδ' ἐσθίων ib. 869; less freq. in Prose,χ. καὶ ἡδονή Pl.Grg. 462c
, cf. D.20.26;τοσαύτην ἔχει χ. Isoc.9.10
.V δαιμόνων χάρις homage due to them, their worship, majesty, A.Ag. 182 (lyr.); ἀθίκτων χ. ib. 371 (lyr.); (lyr.).2 thank-offering, εὐκταία χ. τινός, opp. a common gift, A.Ag. 1387, cf. X.Hier.8.4;ἔπεμψε χαίτην κουρίμην χ. πατρός A.Ch. 180
, cf. 517;τιμὴ καὶ γέρα καὶ χ. Pl.Euthphr. 15a
, cf. La. 187a.VI Special usages:1 acc. sg. as Adv., χ. τινός in any one's favour, for his pleasure, for his sake,χ. Ἕκτορος Il.15.744
; ψεύδεσθαι γλώσσης χ. for one's tongue's pleasure, i.e. for talking's sake, Hes.Op. 709, cf. A.Ch. 266; rarely with Art.,τὴν Ἀθηναίων χάριν ἐστρατεύοντο Hdt.5.99
.b as Prep., sts. before its case (once in Pi., P.2.70;χάριν πλησμονῆς Pl.Phdr. 241c
;χ. φιλίας Epicur.Sent.Vat.28
; χ. τίνος; LXX 2 Ch.7.21, cf. POxy.743.29 (i B. C.), etc.), but mostly after, for the sake of, on behalf of, on account of, (lyr.); τοῦ χάριν; for what reason? Ar.Pl.53;συγχωρῶ τοῦ λόγου χ. Pl.R. 475a
; so ἐμὴν χάριν, χάριν σήν, for my, thy pleasure or sake, A.Pers. 1046 (lyr.), E.HF 1238, etc.;κείνου τε καὶ σὴν ἐξ ἴσου κοινὴν χ. S.Tr. 485
: less freq. with the Art.,τὴν σὴν δ' ἥκω χ. Id.Ph. 1413
(anap.);σοῦ τε τήν τ' ἐμὴν χ. E.Ph. 762
:—pleon.,τίνος χάριν ἕνεκα; Pl.Lg. 701d
; also χάριν τινός as far as regards.., as to..,ἔπους σμικροῦ χ. S.OC 443
; δακρύων χάριν if tears would serve, Id.Fr.557.6;χ. θανάτου πόλιν ἀτείχιστον οἰκοῦμεν Epicur.Sent.Vat.31
; also, about, ἔπεμφεν ἐπὶ τὴν πενθεράν σου χ. τοῦ κτήματος about the farm, PFay.126.5 (ii/iii A. D.).—Orig. an acc. in apposition with the sentence, as in Il.15.744, etc., being a favour, since it is (was) a favour, as is evident in ;τινὸς νίκας ἀκάρπωτον χ. S.Aj. 176
(lyr.).2 with Preps.:a εἰς χάριν to do a pleasure,οὐδὲν ἐς χ. πράσσων Id.OT 1353
(lyr.);ἐς χ. τίθεσθαί τι Plu.Mar.46
;μηδὲ κρίσιν εἰς χ. ἕλκε Ps.-Phoc.9
(but ἐς τὴν τῶν ξυμμάχων χ. in such a way as to earn thanks.. Th.3.37); alsoκατὰ χάριν Pl.Lg. 740c
; χάριτος ἕνεκα ib. 771d.b (anap.); ; , cf. X.Mem.4.4.4, HG6.3.7, Isoc.2.18, D.8.1 (but πρὸς χ. βορᾶς for the sake of it, S.Ant.30); πρὸς χ., opp. κλαίων, Id.OT 1152:—but πρὸς χ. εὐσεβίας, just like χάριν, Pi.O.8.8;τίνος νόμου ταῦτα πρὸς χ. λέγω; S.Ant. 908
;πρὸς ἰσχύος χ. E.Med. 538
; πρὸς χ. alone, as a favour, freely,πρὸς χ. τε κοὐ βίᾳ S.Fr.28
; but κορέσαι στόμα πρὸς χ. to their heart's content, Id.Ph. 1156 (lyr.).c ἐν χάριτι κρίνειν τινά to decide from partiality to one, Theoc.5.69; but also, for one's gratification, pleasure, ἐν χάριτι διδόναι or ποιεῖν τινί τι, X.Oec.8.10, Pl.Phd. 115b: gratefully,Id.
Lg. 796b.d διὰ χαρίτων εἶναι or γίγνεσθαί [τινι] to be pleasing to one, X.Hier.9.1,2.VII metaph. of the cypress, Gp.11.4.1; of some kind of myrtle, Sch.Il.17.51; of salt, ὅτι τὸ ἀναγκαῖον ἡδὺ ποιοῦσιν (sc. ἅλες) Plu.2.685a.B [full] Χάρις, ἡ, as a mythological pr. n. declined like χάρις, save that the acc. is generally Χάριτα (exc. AP5.148 (Mel.), Luc.DDeor. 15.1, Paus.9.35.4): poet. dat. pl.Χαρίτεσσι Il.17.51
, Pi.N.9.54; Χάρισσιν ib.5.54:—Charis, wife of Hephaestus, Il.18.382; mostly in pl. Χάριτες, αἱ, the Graces, 14.267, 275, Od.6.18, Pi.O.2.50, etc.; three in number, Hes.Th. 907, etc. (τέσσαρες αἱ X.
, as a compliment, Call.Epigr.52.1); attendants of Aphrodite, Il.5.338, Hes. Op.73, h.Ven.61, Paus.6.24.7; coupled with Μοῦσαι, Hes.Th.64; κόμαι Χαρίτεσσιν ὁμοῖαι, i.e. like that of the Graces, Il.17.51; worshipped at Orchomenus in Boeotia,Ἐτεόκλειοι Χάριτες θεαί Theoc. 16.104
, cf. Sch. ad loc., Str.9.2.40, Paus.9.35.3, 9.38.1: but at Lacedaemon and Athens only two were orig. worshipped, Id.3.18.6, 9.35.2;Χαρίτων ἱερὸν ἐμποδὼν ποιοῦνται Arist.EN 1133a3
;θύειν ταῖς X.
Plu.2.141f; in adjurations,πρὸς τῶν Χαρίτων Pl.Tht. 152c
;νὴ τὰς X.
Luc.Hist.Conscr.26;ὦ φίλαι X.
Plu.2.710d.— Rarely in sg., X.ζωθάλμιος Pi.O.7.11
;Χάριτος ἡδίστης θεῶν Antiph. 228.4
. -
46 ἵνα
ἵνα (Hom.+) conjunction, the use of which increased considerably in H. Gk. as compared w. earlier times because it came to be used periphrastically for the inf. and impv. B-D-F §369; 379; 388–94 al.; Mlt. index; Rob. index.① marker to denote purpose, aim, or goal, in order that, that, final senseⓐ w. subjunctive, not only after a primary tense, but also (in accordance w. Hellenistic usage) after a secondary tense (B-D-F §369, 1; Rob. 983; Mlt-Turner 100–102; JKnuenz, De enuntiatis Graecorum finalibus 1913, 15ff):α. after a present tense Mk 4:21; 7:9; Lk 6:34; 8:16; J 3:15; 5:34; 6:30; Ac 2:25 (Ps 15:8); 16:30; Ro 1:11; 3:19; 11:25; 1 Cor 9:12; Gal 6:13; Phil 3:8; Hb 5:1; 6:12; 1J 1:3 and oft.β. after a perfect Mt 1:22; 21:4; J 5:23, 36; 6:38; 12:40, 46; 14:29; 16:1, 4; 17:4; 1 Cor 9:22b al.γ. after a pres. or aor. impv. Mt 7:1; 14:15; 17:27; 23:26; Mk 11:25; J 4:15; 5:14; 10:38; 1 Cor 7:5; 11:34; 1 Ti 4:15; Tit 3:13. Likew. after the hortatory subj. in the first pers. pl. Mk 1:38; Lk 20:14; J 11:16; Hb 4:16.δ. after a fut. Lk 16:4; 18:5; J 5:20; 14:3, 13, 16; 1 Cor 15:28; Phil 1:26.ε. after a secondary tense: impf. Mk 3:2; 6:41; 8:6; Lk 6:7; 18:15 al.—Plpf. J 4:8.—Aor. Mt 19:13; Mk 3:14; 11:28; 14:10; Lk 19:4, 15; J 7:32; 12:9; Ro 7:4; 2 Cor 8:9; Hb 2:14; 11:35; 1J 3:5.ⓑ w. fut. ind. (LXX e.g. Sus 28; En 15:5; TestSol 13:7; SIG 888, 87ff; OGI 665, 35; POxy 299; 1071, 5 ἵνα ποιήσουσιν καὶ πέμψουσιν; Gen 16:2 [Swete; ARahlfs, Genesis 1926 v.l.] al.; Just., D. 115, 6), beside which the aor. subj. is usu. found in the mss. (B-D-F §369, 2; Rob. 984; Mlt-Turner 100) ἵνα σταυρώσουσιν Mk 15:20 v.l. ἵνα ἐρεῖ σοι Lk 14:10. ἵνα δώσουσιν 20:10. ἵνα θεωρήσουσιν J 7:3. ἵνα δώσει 17:2 v.l.; Rv 8:3. ἐπισκιάσει Ac 5:15 v.l.; ξυρήσονται 21:24. κερδανῶ 1 Cor 9:21 v.l.; καυθήσομαι 13:3 v.l. καταδουλώσουσιν Gal 2:4. κερδηθήσονται 1 Pt 3:1. ἵνα … δηλώσεις Hv 3, 8, 10. The fut. ind. is also used oft. when ἵνα has no final mng., esp. in Rv: 1 Cor 9:18 (ἵνα as answer, as Epict. 4, 1, 99); Rv 6:4, 11; 9:4, 5, 20; 13:12; 14:13; 22:14. Occasionally the fut. ind. and aor. subj. are found in the same sentence Rv 3:9; cp. also Phil 2:10f v.l. (on this interchange s. Reinhold 106; JVogeser, Zur Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 34f; Knuenz, op. cit. 23ff; 39; Dio Chrys. 26 [43], 7 ἵνα μὴ παρῶ … μηδὲ ἕξουσιν; POxy 1068, 5 ἵνα διαπέμψεται, ἵνα δυνηθῶ …).—On the interchange of pres. subj. and fut. ind. in J 15:8 s. GLee, Biblica 51, ’70, 239f.ⓒ ἵνα is found w. the pres. ind. only in passages where the subj. is also attested in the mss.; its presence is prob. due to corruption of the text (B-D-F §369, 6; Rob. 984f; Mlt-Turner 100f. But see the clear instance in PAnt III, 188, 15: ἵνα μή ἐσμεν, and cp. BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι; TestNapht 8:2; PassPtPl 60 [Aa I, 170, 8] ἵνα κατευθύνει; AcPtPl 58 [Aa I, 203, 17]; AcPlTh 11 [Aa I, 243, 11 v.l.]). φυσιοῦσθε 1 Cor 4:6 and ζηλοῦτε Gal 4:17 could be subj. (B-D-F §91; Rob. 984). But Gal 6:12 v.l. διώκονται; Tit 2:4 v.l. σωφρονίζουσιν; J 5:20 v.l. θαυμάζετε; 17:3 v.l. γινώσκουσιν; 1J 5:20 v.l. γινώσκομεν; Rv 12:6 v.l. τρέφουσιν; 13:17 v.l. δύναται; ἵνα σύνετε B 6:5 v.l. (in text συνιῆτε; v.l. συνῆτε); ἵνα … ᾂδετε IEph 4:2 (Lghtf. ᾂδητε); μετέχετε ibid. (v.l. μετέχητε). διατάσσομαι ITr 3:3 (v.l. διατάσσωμαι). βλασφημεῖται 8:2 v.l.ⓓ The opt. after ἵνα is not used in our lit. (B-D-F §369, 1; 386, 3; Rob. 983). Mk 12:2 v.l. ἵνα λάβοι (for λάβῃ). Eph 1:17 ἵνα δῴη (v.l. δῷ) is certainly subj., and δώῃ is the correct rdg. (B-D-F §95, 2; Mlt. 196f). Likew. ἵνα παραδοῖ J 13:2.ⓔ after a demonstrative (Epict. 2, 5, 16 ἐν τούτῳ … ἵνα) εἰς τοῦτο for this (purpose, namely) that J 18:37; 1J 3:8; Ro 14:9; 2 Cor 2:9; 1 Pt 3:9; 4:6; B 5:1, 11; 14:5. εἰς αὐτὸ τοῦτο for this very purpose, that Eph 6:22; Col 4:8. διὰ τοῦτο for this reason … that (Himerius, Or. 14, 3) 2 Cor 13:10; Phlm 15; 1 Ti 1:16; the ἵνα clause can also precede διὰ τοῦτο J 1:31. τούτου χάριν … ἵνα for this reason … that Tit 1:5.ⓕ ἵνα with ‘I should like to say this’ supplied is found also in earlier Gk (Soph. Ph. 989) Mk 2:10 (B-D-F §470, 3. Differently [a virtual impv.] DSharp, ET 38, 1927, 427f). The necessary supplement precedes in ἵνα δείξῃ (he said this), in order to show B 7:5.—Cp. J 15:13.② marker of objective, that. Very oft. the final mng. is greatly weakened or disappears altogether. In this case the ἵνα-constr. serves as a substitute for an inf. that supplements a verb, or an acc. w. inf. (cp. Od. 3, 327 and a spurious document in Demosth. 18, 155. Later very common, also in ins, pap [Rdm.2 191ff]; LXX).ⓐ after verbs w. the senseα. ‘wish, desire, strive’ (PGiss 17, 5 [II A.D.] ἠγωνίασα … ἵνα ἀκούσω; BGU 1081, 3 ἐχάρην, ἵνα σὲ ἀσπάζομαι) θέλειν ἵνα (TestAbr A 19, 101, 9 [Stone p. 50]) Mt 7:12; Mk 9:30; 10:35; Lk 6:31; J 17:24; 1 Cor 14:5. βουλεύεσθαι J 11:53; 12:10. συμβουλεύεσθαι Mt 26:4. συντίθεσθαι J 9:22. ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι joyfully strive after 8:56 (s. ἀγαλλιάω). ζητεῖν 1 Cor 4:2; 14:12; AcPlCor 2:8. ζηλοῦν 14:1. εὔχεσθαι ‘wish’ IPhld 6:3.β. ‘take care, be ashamed, be afraid’ φυλάσσεσθαι 2 Pt 3:17. προσέχειν take care that B 16:8. βλέπειν see to it, that 1 Cor 16:10.γ. ‘request, demand’: δεῖσθαι request (Dionys. Hal. 4, 12, 1; Lucian, Dom. 9; Jos., Ant. 6, 321; 12, 125 al.) Lk 9:40; 21:36; 22:32; B 12:7; Pol 6:2; Hv 3, 1, 2; Hs 5, 4, 1. ἐρωτᾶν request (s. ἐρωτάω 2) Mk 7:26; Lk 7:36; 16:27; J 4:47; 17:15 al. (JEarwaker, ET 75, ’64, 316f so interprets the third ἵνα in 17:21). παρακαλεῖν request, exhort (EpArist 318; 321, Jos., Ant. 14, 168) Mt 14:36; Mk 5:18; 6:56; 7:32; 8:22; Lk 8:32; 1 Cor 1:10 al. αἰτεῖσθαι Col 1:9 (Just., D. 30, 2 αἰτοῦμεν). προσεύχεσθαι Mt 24:20; 26:41; Mk 14:35; Lk 22:46; 1 Cor 14:13 al. εὔχεσθαι pray (s. εὔχομαι 1 end) Hs 5, 2, 10. εὐχαριστεῖν Eph 1:16f. ἀξιοῦν demand, request (CIG 4892, 13 [III A.D.]; Jos., Ant. 14, 22) Hv 4, 1, 3. καταξιοῦν ISm 11:1; IPol 7:2.δ. ‘summon, encourage, order’ (Epict, 4, 11, 29; 1 Esdr 8:19; EpArist 46) ἀπαγγέλλειν Mt 28:10. παραγγέλλειν (CIG 4957, 48 [68 A.D.] restored) Mk 6:8. διαμαρτύρεσθαι 1 Ti 5:21. ἐντέλλεσθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 356) Mk 13:34; J 15:17. κηρύσσειν Mk 6:12. διαστέλλεσθαι Mt 16:20; Mk 5:43; 7:36; 9:9. ἐπιτιμᾶν warn Mt 16:20; 20:31; Mk 8:30; 10:48; Lk 18:39. ἐξορκίζειν Mt 26:63. ὁρκίζειν Hs 9, 10, 5. λέγειν order Mt 4:3; 20:21; Mk 3:9; 9:18; Lk 4:3; 10:40; Hv 2, 2, 6. γράφειν write (Jos., Ant. 11, 7; 127) Mk 9:12; 12:19; Lk 20:28. ἀποστέλλειν Ac 16:36.ε. ‘cause, bring about’ πείθειν Mt 27:20. ποιεῖν J 11:37; Col 4:16; cp. Rv 3:9; 13:16. τιθέναι appoint J 15:16. ἀγγαρεύειν Mt 27:32; Mk 15:21.ζ. ‘permit, grant’ ἀφιέναι Mk 11:16. On J 12:7 s. CBarrett, The Gospel According to St. John2, ’78, 413–14. διδόναι 10:37; Rv 9:5.η. συνευδοκεῖν Hs 5, 2, 8.ⓑ after impers. expr.: ἀρκετόν (ἐστι) it is sufficient Mt 10:25. λυσιτελεῖ (εἰ … ἢ ἵνα) Lk 17:2. συμφέρει Mt 5:29f; 18:6; J 11:50. ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν it is a matter of little consequence to me 1 Cor 4:3. ἔδει B 5:13. πολλὰ λείπει Hv 3, 1, 9.ⓒ after nouns and adjs., esp. when they are parts of fixed expressions:α. χρείαν ἔχειν J 2:25; 16:30; 1J 2:27. ἔστιν συνήθεια J 18:39. θέλημά ἐστιν Mt 18:14; J 6:40; 1 Cor 16:12b. βουλὴ ἐγένετο Ac 27:42. ἐντολή (cp. Polyb. 36, 17, 10 νόμος) J 15:12; 11:57; 13:34; Ac 17:15; 2J 6. δέησις Eph 6:19. ἐξουσία Ac 8:19. ἐμὸν βρῶμά ἐστιν J 4:34. τίς ἐστιν ὁ μισθός; ἵνα … 1 Cor 9:18.β. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανός Mt 8:8; Lk 7:6. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἄξιος J 1:27; cp. Hs 9, 28, 5. S. B-D-F §379; Rob. 996.ⓓ after nouns mng. time: χρόνον διδόναι, ἵνα give time Rv 2:21. ἔρχεται ἡ ὥρα the time comes (Aesop, Fab. 242 H. ἡ ἡμέρα, ἵνα=the day on which) J 12:23; 13:1; 16:2, 32. S. B-D-F §382, 1; 393.ⓔ ἵνα can also take the place of the explanatory inf. after a demonstrative (B-D-F §394; Rdm.2 192.—Wsd 13:9; Just., D. 14, 2 τοῦτο γάρ ἐστι τὸ σύμβολον τῶν ἀζύμων, ἵνα μὴ …) Mk 11:28. πόθεν μοι τοῦτο ἵνα ἔλθῃ (for τὸ ἐλθεῖν τὴν κτλ.) Lk 1:43 (cp. GJs 12:2). τοῦτο προσεύχομαι ἵνα Phil 1:9. cp. 1 Cor 9:18. This is a favorite usage in J: τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον τοῦ θεοῦ ἵνα πιστεύητε (for τὸ πιστεύειν ὑμᾶς) 6:29; cp. vs. 50. μείζονα ταύτης ἀγάπην οὐδεὶς ἔχει ἵνα … θῇ (for τοῦ θεῖναι) 15:13; cp. 3J 4.—J 6:39; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 4:21; 5:3; 2J 6a. ἐν τούτῳ: ἐν τούτῳ ἐδοξάσθη ὁ πατήρ μου ἵνα … φέρητε (for ἐν τῷ φέρειν ὑμᾶς ἐδοξάσθη) J 15:8; cp. 1J 4:17.—S. also Hs 9, 28, 4, and ποταπὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα 1J 3:1.ⓕ ἵνα is used elliptically ἀλλʼ ἵνα but this has happened that, where the verb to be supplied must be inferred fr. the context (Epict. 1, 12, 17): ἀλλʼ ἵνα μαρτυρήσῃ (sc. ἦλθεν) J 1:8. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο ἀπόκρυφον) ἵνα ἔλθῃ εἰς φανερόν but it was hidden that it might be revealed Mk 4:22 (but cp. CCadoux, JTS 42, ’41, 169 n. 3). ἀλλʼ (κρατεῖτέ με) ἵνα πληρωθῶσιν but you are holding me (prisoner), that 14:49. ἀλλʼ (ἐγένετο τυφλὸς) ἵνα φανερωθῇ J 9:3. ἀλλʼ (ἀποθνῄσκει) ἵνα … συναγάγῃ 11:52.—13:18; Hv 3, 8, 10 (cp. 1b above).ⓖ ἵνα w. subjunctive as a periphrasis for the impv. (B-D-F §387, 3; Mlt. 178; 210f; 248; Rob. 994; Mlt-Turner 94f; FSlotty, D. Gebr. des Konj. u. Opt. in d. griech. Dialekten I 1915, 35; CCadoux, The Impv. Use of ἵνα in the NT: JTS 42, ’41, 165–73; in reply HMeecham, JTS 43, ’42, 179f, also ET 52, ’40/41, 437; AGeorge, JTS 45, ’44, 56–60. Goodsp., Probs. 57f.—Soph., Oed. Col. 155; Epict. 4, 1, 41, Enchir. 17; PTebt 408, 17 [3 A.D.]; BGU 1079, 20; PFay 112, 12; POxy 299, 5 ἵνʼ εἰδῇς ‘know’; PGM 4, 2135; Tob 8:12 BA; 2 Macc 1:9. ἵνα πρὶν τούτων ἴδητε τὴν ἀπώλειαν τῶν υἱῶν ‘before these events, you shall behold the destruction of your sons’ En 14:6. κύριε, ἵνα γινώσκῃ τὸ σὸν κράτος ὅτι ‘Lord, may you in your majesty know, that …’ TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 35f [Stone pp. 8 and 10]). ἵνα ἐπιθῇς τὰς χεῖρας αὐτῇ please lay your hands on her Mk 5:23. ἡ δὲ γυνὴ ἵνα φοβῆται τ. ἄνδρα the wife is to respect her husband Eph 5:33. Cp. Mt 20:33; Mk 10:51; 1 Cor 7:29; 16:16; 2 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:10. ἵνα ἀναπαήσονται let them rest Rv 14:13. W. θέλω: θέλω ἵνα δῷς Mk 6:25 (=δός Mt 14:8.).—On Mk 2:10 s. 1f above.ⓗ ἵνα without a finite verb, which can be supplied fr. the context (Epict. 3, 23, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄνθρωπος, i.e. ἐργάζῃ) ἵνα ἡμεῖς εἰς τὰ ἔθνη, αὐτοὶ δὲ εἰς τὴν περιτομήν (i.e. εὐαγγελιζώμεθα and εὐαγγελίζωνται) Gal 2:9. ἵνα κατὰ χάριν (γένηται) Ro 4:16. ἵνα ἄλλοις ἄνεσις (γένηται) 2 Cor 8:13. ἵνα (γένηται) καθὼς γέγραπται 1 Cor 1:31 (B-D-F §481; Rob. 1202f).③ marker serving as substitute for the inf. of result, so that (‘ecbatic’ or consecutive use of ἵνα: B-D-F §391, 5; Mlt. 206–9; Rob. 997–99 and in SCase, Studies in Early Christianity [Porter-Bacon Festschr.] 1928, 51–57; EBlakeney, ET 53, ’41/42, 377f, indicating that the result is considered probable, but not actual. But this distinction is not always strictly observed. Cp. Epict. 1, 24, 3; 25, 15; 27, 8 al.; 2, 2, 16 οὕτω μωρὸς ἦν, ἵνα μὴ ἴδῃ; Vett. Val. 185, 31; 186, 17; 292, 20; Jos., Bell. 6, 107; Just., D. 112, 5; PLond III, 964, 13 p. 212 [II/III A.D.]. Many exx. in AJannaris, An Historical Greek Grammar 1897 §1758 and 1951) ἦν παρακεκαλυμμένον ἀπʼ αὐτῶν ἵνα μὴ αἴσθωνται αὐτό it was concealed from them, so that they might not comprehend it Lk 9:45. τίς ἥμαρτεν, ἵνα τυφλὸς γεννηθῇ; Who sinned, so that he was born blind? J 9:2. Cp. 2 Cor 1:17; Gal 5:17; 1 Th 5:4; 1J 1:9; Rv 9:20; 13:13; Hs 7:2; 9, 1, 10.—In many cases purpose and result cannot be clearly differentiated, and hence ἵνα is used for the result that follows according to the purpose of the subj. or of God. As in Semitic and Gr-Rom. thought, purpose and result are identical in declarations of the divine will (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 16, 10 the rule of the Persian king is being overthrown by the deity ἵνα Δαρεῖος … φυγὰς γενόμενος κτλ. Here ἵνα means both ‘in order that’ and ‘so that’): Lk 11:50; J 4:36; 12:40; 19:28; Ro 3:19; 5:20; 7:13; 8:17; 11:31f al. (ESutcliffe, Effect or Purpose, Biblica 35, ’54, 320–27). The formula ἵνα πληρωθῇ is so to be understood, since the fulfillment is acc. to God’s plan of salvation: Mt 1:22; 2:15; 4:14; 12:17; 21:4; 26:56; J 12:38; 17:12; 19:24, 36.—The ἵνα of Mk 4:12=Lk 8:10, so much in dispute, is prob. to be taken as final (w. AvVeldhuizen, NTS 8, 1925, 129–33; 10, 1927, 42–44; HWindisch, ZNW 26, 1927, 203–9; JGnilka, Die Verstockung Israels ’61, 45–48; B-D-F §369, 2 [here, and B-D-R p. 386f n. 2, the lit. on ‘causal’ ἵνα, which is allowed at least for Rv 22:14 and perh. 14:13, where P47 has ὅτι; see 2g]. S. also FLaCava, Scuola Cattol. 65, ’37, 301–4; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 211–16; ISluiter, Causal ἵνα, Sound Greek: Glotta 70, ’92, 39–53. On J 12:7 s. τηρέω 2a).④ marker of retroactive emphasis, that. At times, contrary to regular usage, ἵνα is placed elsewhere than at the beginning of its clause, in order to emphasize the words that come before it (B-D-F §475, 1; cp. the position of ὅτι Gal 1:11): τὴν ἀγάπην ἵνα γνῶτε 2 Cor 2:4. εἰς τὸν ἐρχόμενον μετʼ αὐτὸν ἵνα πιστεύσωσιν Ac 19:4. τῷ ὑμετέρῳ ἐλέει ἵνα Ro 11:31. Cp. J 13:29; 1 Cor 7:29; Gal 2:10; Col 4:16b.—EStauffer, Ἵνα u. d. Problem d. teleol. Denkens b. Pls: StKr 102, 1930, 232–57; JGreenlee, ἵνα Substantive Clauses in the NT: Asbury Seminarian 2, ’47, 154–63; HRiesenfeld, Zu d. johanneischen ἵνα-Sätzen, StTh 19, ’65, 213–20; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 76–81.—Frisk. M-M. EDNT. TW. -
47 ὑπέρ
ὑπέρ [ῠ], [dialect] Ep. also [full] ὑπείρ, used by Hom. (metri gr.) only in the phrase ὑπεὶρ ἅλα (v. ὑπείρ); Arc. [full] ὁπέρ (q. v.): in [dialect] Aeol. replaced by περί (v.Aπερί A.
V): Prep. governing gen. and acc., in Arc. also dat. (Cf. Skt. upaári 'above', Goth. ufar, OE. ofer 'over':—from it are formed the [comp] Comp. and [comp] Sup. ὑπέρτερος, -τατος, also Adv. ὕπερθεν, and Nouns ὑπέρα, ὕπερος.)A WITH GENIT.,I of Place, over;1 in a state of rest, over, above, freq. in Hom.,βάλε.. στέρνον ὑ. μαζοῖο Il.4.528
; χιτωνίσκους ἐνεδεδύκεσαν ὑ. γονάτων not reaching to the knees, X.An.5.4.13;ἕστηκε.. ὅσον τ' ὄργυι' ὑ. αἴης Il.23.327
;εἴθ' ὑ. γῆς, εἴτ' ἐπὶ γῆς, εἴθ' ὑπὸ γῆς Thphr.Ign.1
; στῆ δ' ἄρ' ὑ. κεφαλῆς stood over his head as he lay asleep, Il.2.20, Od.4.803, al.;πασάων ὕ. ἥ γε κάρη ἔχει 6.107
;ὑ. πόλιος, ὅθι Ἕρμαιος λόφος ἐστίν, ἦα 16.471
; ὑ. κεφαλῆς οἱ ἐγίνετο διεξελαύνοντι over head, i. e. over the gateway, Hdt.1.187;ὑ. τῆς ὀροφῆς IG12.373.246
; ὑ. τοῦ ἀγάλματος ib.264;ὄρος τὸ ὑ. Τεγέης Hdt.6.105
; τὰ ὑ. κεφαλῆς the higher ground, X.Ages.2.20; Ἰονίας ὑ. ἁλὸς οἰκέων on the Ionian sea, i.e. on its shores, Pi.N.7.65;λιμὴν καὶ πόλις ὑ. αὐτοῦ κεῖται Th.1.46
, cf. 6.4, D.C.40.14: of relative geographical position, above, farther inland,οἰκέοντες ὑ. Ἁλικαρνησσοῦ μεσόγαιαν Hdt.1.175
;ἐξ Αἰθιοπίας τῆς ὑ. Αἰγύπτου Th.2.48
;τοῖς ὑ. Χερρονήσου Θρᾳξίν X.An.2.6.2
;ὑ. Μασσαλίας Plb.2.14.8
, cf. 5.73.3, al.: in Hellenistic Gr. the acc. is commoner in this sense, v. infr. B. I.b of ships at sea, off a place, Th.1.112, 8.95;ναυμαχίην τὴν ὑ. Μιλήτου γενομένην Hdt.6.25
; ὑ. τούτου (sc. Φαλήρου) ἀνακωχεύσαντες τὰς νέας ib. 116.2 in a state of motion, over, across,κῦμα νηὸς ὑ. τοίχων καταβήσεται Il.15.382
;τὸν δ' ὑ. οὐδοῦ βάντα προσηύδα Od.17.575
;πηδῶντος.. τάφρων ὕ. S.Aj. 1279
;ὑ. θαλάσσης καὶ χθονὸς ποτωμένοις A.Ag. 576
; ἐκκυβιστᾶν ὑ. [ τῶν ξιφῶν] X.Smp.2.11.3 over, beyond,ἐν Κρήτῃ εὐρείῃ τηλοῦ ὑ. πόντου Od.13.257
.II metaph., in defence of, on behalf of,τεῖχος ἐτειχίσσαντο νεῶν ὕ. Il.7.449
;ἑκατόμβην ῥέξαι ὑ. Δαναῶν 1.444
: generally, for the prosperity or safety of,τὰ ἱερὰ ὑ. τῆς Εὐβοίας θῦσαι IG12.39.65
, cf. 45.5;ἱερὰ θυόμενα ὑ. τῆς πόλεως X.Mem.2.2.13
;ἐπιτελεῖν τὰς θυσίας ὑ. τε ὑμῶν καὶ τῶν τέκνων UPZ14.27
(ii B.C.); in dedications (always with reference to living persons),Σμικύθη μ' ἀνέθηκεν.. εὐξαμένη.. ὑ. παίδων καὶ ἑαυτῆς IG12.524
, cf. 22.4403, 42(1).569 (Epid.);Ἀρτέμιδι Σωτείρᾳ ὑ. βασιλέως Πτολεμαίου Ἐπικράτης Ἀθηναῖος OGI18
(Egypt, iii B. C.), cf. 365 (Amasia, ii B. C.), al.; ὑ. τῆς εἰς αἰῶνα διαμονῆς Ἀντωνείνου Καίσαρος ib.702.3 (Egypt, ii A.D.); ὑ. τῆς τύχης.. Ἀντωνείνου Σεβαστοῦ Εὐσεβοῦς ib.703.2 (Ptolemais, ii A.D.); ὑ. σωτηρίας τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν.. Ἀντωνείνου ib.706 (Egypt, ii/iii A. D.);εὑδόντων ὕ. φρούρημα A.Eu. 705
; ὑ. τινὸς κινδυνεύειν, μάχεσθαι, βοηθεῖν, Th.2.20, Pl.Lg. 642c, X.An.3.5.6;ἧς ἔθνῃσχ' ὕ. S.Tr. 708
;ὑ. γῆς τῆς Ἀθηναίων ναυμαχέειν Hdt.8.70
;ὑ. τῆς Ἑλλάδος ἀμῦναι Pl.Lg. 692d
; ἀμυνῶ ὑ. ἱερῶν καὶ ὁσίων Jusj. ap. Poll.8.105;νῦν ὑ. πάντων ἀγών A.Pers. 405
;ὑ. δόξης τελευτήσαντες D.23.210
, cf. Isoc.6.93; πάνθ' ὑ. ὑμῶν φανήσεται πράξας Χαβρίας, καὶ τὴν τελευτὴν αὐτὴν τοῦ βίου πεποιημένος οὐχ ὑ. ἄλλου τινός in your interests, D.20.80, cf. 83;ὑ. τῆς Ἀσίας στρατηγήσας Isoc.4.154
; of things sought,ὑ. τοῦ νεκροῦ ὠθισμὸς ἐγένετο πολύς Hdt.7.225
; ἀφίκετο ὑ. γενεᾶς, ὑ. φωνᾶς, ὑ. τοῦ θησαυροῦ, IG42 (1).121.10,42, 123.11 (Epid., iv B.C.);γίνωσκέ με πεπορεῦσθαι εἰς Ἡρακλέους πόλιν ὑ. τῆς οἰκίας UPZ68.3
(ii B. C.); sts. even of the thing to be averted, ἱκέσιον λόχον δουλοσύνας ὕ. about slavery, A.Th. 111 (lyr.), cf. Aeschin.3.10.2 for, instead of, in the name of, ὑ. ἑαυτοῦ τι προϊδεῖν on his own behalf, Th.1.141;ὑ. τινὸς ἀποκρίνεσθαι Pl.R. 590a
;προλέγειν X.An.7.7.3
;ἐπεὶ οὖν σὺ σιωπᾷς, ἐγὼ λέξω καὶ ὑ. σοῦ καὶ ὑ. ἡμῶν Id.Cyr.3.3.14
, cf. S.El. 554; ὑ. Ζήνωνος πράσσων as Zeno's representative, PSI4.389.8 (iii B. C.);ἔγραψεν ὑ. αὐτῶν διὰ τὸ φάσκειν αὐτοὺς μὴ εἰδέναι γράμματα PGrenf.2.17.9
(ii B. C.); θεάσασθε ὃν τρόπον ὑμεῖς ἐστρατηγηκότες πάντ' ἔσεσθ' ὑ. Φιλίππου as though by commission from P., D.3.6; so in other dialects c. acc., v. infr. B. v.3 in adjurations, with verbs of entreaty, entreat one as representative of another, τῶν ὕ. ἐνθάδ' ἐγὼ γουνάζομαι οὐ παρεόντων, i. e. I entreat you as they would if they were here, Il.15.665, cf. 660; then more metaph., by, λίσσομ' ὑ. ψυχῆς ( as you value your life)καὶ γούνων σῶν τε τοκήων 22.338
, cf. 24.466;λίσσομ' ὑ. θυέων καὶ δαίμονος.. σῆς τ' αὐτοῦ κεφαλῆς καὶ ἑταίρων Od.15.261
;λίσσου' ὑ. μακάρων σέο τ' αὐτῆς ἠδὲ τοκήων A.R.3.701
; ὑ. ξενίου λίσσεται ὔμμε Διός in the name of Zeus, AP7.499.2 (Theaet.); so [dialect] Aeol. περ (v.περί A.
V).4 of the cause or motive, for, because of, by reason of,ἀλγέων ὕ. E.Supp. 1125
(lyr.);ὑ. παθέων Id.Hipp. 159
(lyr.);ἔριδος ὕ. Id.Andr. 490
(lyr.); of punishment or reward, for, on account of,τοῖσιν ἄγουσιν κλαύμαθ' ὑπάρξει βραδυτῆτος ὕ. S.Ant. 932
(anap.), cf. Isoc.11.39, Lys.3.43, 4.20, 13.41,42, X.An.1.3.4; ἀτῆθθαι ὑ. τῶ πατρὸς τὰ πατρώϊα the father's property shall pay the fine for the father, Leg.Gort.11.42;ἀποτεισάτω ὁ δεσπότης ὑ. τοῦ δούλου PHal. 1.198
(iii B. C.); τοῦτον (viz. a runaway slave)ὃς ἂν ἀναγάγῃ, λήψεται ὅσα καὶ ὑ. τοῦ προγεγραμμένου UPZ121.24
(ii B. C.);τὸ κατεσκευασμένον ὑ. τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας Ἰσιδεῖον
as a thank-offering for..,Sammelb.
3926.12 (i B. C.);ὑ. ὧν ἐτιμήσαμεν αὐτοὺς ταῖς μεγίσταις τιμαῖς Isoc.9.57
;ἀποδοῦναι χάριν ὑ. ὧν.. ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους εὐεργέτησεν Id.4.56
; of payment,ἡμιωβέλιον ὑ. ἑκάστου IG12.140.2
; μέτρησον Ποσειδωνίῳ ὑ. Ἡρακλείδου on account of H., i.e. debiting H.'s account, PFay.16 (i B. C.); μετρήσω ὑ. σοῦ εἰς τὸ δημόσιον for the credit of your account, PAmh.2.88.22 (ii A. D.);ὑ. λαογραφίας Ostr.Bodl. iii 80
(i A. D.);ὑ. λόγου ἀννώνης Ostr. 1479
(iii A. D.);ὑ. ὧν ἔμαθεν καταβαλεῖν μισθόν Jul.Or.3.126a
, cf. Ael.NA3.39.5 ὑ. τοῦ μή c. inf., for the purpose of preventing or avoiding,ὑ. τοῦ μηδένα.. βιαίῳ θανάτῳ ἀποθνῄσκειν X.Hier.4.3
;ὑ. τοῦ μὴ ποιεῖν τὸ προσταττόμενον Isoc.7.64
, cf. 12.80;τὴν πόλιν ἐκλιπεῖν ὑπέμειναν.. ὑ. τοῦ μὴ τὸ κελευόμενον ποιῆσαι D.18.204
: also without μή, for the sake of, ὑ. τοῦτοῖς ἄλλοις ἐπιτάττειν ἐθέλειν ἀποθνῄσκειν to be ready to die for the sake of.., Isoc.6.94;μὴ τοσαύτην ποιεῖσθαι σπουδὴν ὑ. τοῦ βλάψαι τοὺς πολεμίους ἡλίκην ὑ. τοῦ μηδὲν αὐτοὺς παθεῖν δεινόν Plb.3.94.9
, cf. 5.32.1, 5.86.8: this constr. is found also in signf. A. 111.III concerning,ὑ. σέθεν αῐσχε' ἀκούω Il.6.524
;κᾶρυξ ἀνέειπέ νιν ἀγγέλλων Ἱέρωνος ὑ. καλλινίκου ἅρμασι Pi.P.1.32
;Σκύθαι μὲν ὧδε ὑ. σφέων τε αὐτῶν καὶ τῆς χώρης τῆς κατύπερθε λέγουσι Hdt.4.8
; τὰ λεγόμενα ὑ. ἑκάστων v.l. in Id.2.123;τοὺς ὑ. τοῦ αἰῶνος φόβους Epicur.Sent.20
; διαλεχθῆναι, ἀγορεύειν ὑ. τινός, Pl.Ap. 39e, Lg. 776e; περὶ μὲν οὖν τούτων τοσαῦτά μοι εἰρήσθω, ὑ. ὧν δέ μοι προσήκει λέγειν .. Lys.24.4, cf. 21, 16.20;ὑ. οὗ.. ὁμολογῶ.. διαφέρεσθαι τούτοις D.18.31
; βουλευομένων ὑ. τοῦ ποίαν τινὰ [ εἰρήνην ποιητέον] Id.19.94;ἔγραψάς μοι ὑ. τῶν καμίνων PCair.Zen. 273.2
(iii B. C.);ἐνεκάλουν ὑ. σύκων PSI6.554.24
(iii B. C.);ἐπεδώκαμέν σοι ὑπόμνημα ὑ. τοῦ μὴ εἰληφέναι τὴν.. ὄλυραν UPZ46.4
(ii B. C.);συλλαλήσαντες ὑ. τοῦ τὴν πόλιν ἐνδοῦναι τοῖς Ῥωμαίοις Plb.1.43.1
; θροῦς ὑ. τοῦ τὸν Λυκοῦργον ἐκπέμπειν talk of sending L., Id.5.18.5, cf. 6; γνώμην ὑ. τῆς κοινῆς [ δόξης] Isoc.6.93;ὑ. τῶν τούτου λῃτουργιῶν.. ὡδὶ γιγνώσκω D.21.152
;ἐκ τῶν ἐμφανῶν ὑ. τῶν ἀφανῶν πιστεύειν Jul.Or. 4.138b
; with vbs. expressing emotion,ποίας.. γυναικὸς ἐκφοβεῖσθ' ὕ.; S.OT 989
;εἰ τὰ παρὰ σοὶ καλῶς ἔχει, θάρρει ὑ. ἐκείνων X.Cyr.7.1.17
;οὐδεὶς ὑ. μου δαιμόνων μηνίεται κατασφαγείσης A.Eu. 101
(approaching sense 11.1).B WITH ACCUS.,I of Place in reference to motion, over, beyond, freq. in Hom., e.g.ὑ. ὦμον ἤλυθ' ἀκωκή Il.5.16
, cf. 851;ἀλάλησθε.. ὑπεἰρ ἅλα Od.3.73
, cf. 7.135, al., A.Eu. 250, S.Ant. 1145 (lyr.);ὑ. τὸν δρύφακτον ὑπερτιθέμενοι Plb.1.22.10
: without such reference,ὑ. Ἡρακλείας στήλας ἔξω κατοικοῦσι Pl.Criti. 108e
, cf. Jul.Or.1.6d;τὰς κεφαλὰς ὑ. τὸ ὑγρὸν ὑπερίσχον Plb.3.84.9
;τῶν ὑ. τὸ Σαρδῷον πέλαγος τόπων Id.2.14.6
;ὑ. Μασσαλίαν Id.2.16.1
;λόφον κείμενον ὑ. τὴν ὁδόν Id.2.27.5
, cf. 3.47.2, al.;τῶν συριῶν ὑ. τὴν σκηνὴν οὐσῶν PHib. 1.38.7
(iii B. C.);οὐλὴ.. ὑ. ὀφρὺν δεξιάν PCair.Zen.76.13
(iii B. C.);τὸ ὑ. τὸν ἔσχατον.. σπόνδυλον Sor.1.102
;ὑ. τὸν οὐρανόν Jul.Or. 4.135a
.II of Measure, above, exceeding, beyond,ὑ. τὸν ἀλαθῆ λόγον Pi.O.1.28
;ὑ. τὸ βέλτιστον A.Ag. 378
(lyr.);ὑ. ἐλπίδα S.Ant. 366
(lyr.);ὑ. δύναμιν Th.6.16
;μεγέθει ὑ. τοὺς ἐν τῇ νηΐ Pl.R. 488b
;ὑ. ἄνθρωπον εἶναι Id.Lg. 839d
, Luc.Vit.Auct.2; ὑ. ἡμᾶς beyond our powers, Pl.Prm. 128b;ὑ. τὴν ἀξίαν E.HF 146
;ὑ. τὴν οὐσίαν Pl. R. 372b
; ὑ. τὸ ὕδωρ (cf.ὕδωρ 1.4
) Luc.Pr.Im.29.b after [comp] Comp., than, δυνατώτεροι ὑ. .. LXX Jd.18.26: so after Posit., τοῖς ἀγαθοῖς ὑ. αὐτόν better than he, ib.3 Ki.2.32.2 of transgression, in violation of, ὑ. αἶσαν, opp. κατ' αἶσαν, Il.3.59, al.;ὑ. Διὸς αἶσαν 17.321
;ὑ. μοῖραν 20.336
; ὑ. μόρον (or ὑπέρμορον) ib.30;ὑ. θεόν 17.327
;ὑ. ὅρκια 3.299
, al.III of Number, above, upwards of, τὰ ὑ. δέκα μνᾶς [ ξυμβόλαια] IG12.41.23, cf. 22.48, al.;ὑ. τεσσεράκοντα ἄνδρας Hdt.5.64
; ὑ. τετταράκοντα (sc. ἔτη) X.HG5.4.13;ὑ. τὰ στρατεύσιμα ἔτη γεγονόσι Id.Cyr.1.2.4
; ὑ. ἥμισυ more than half, ib.3.3.47.IV of Time, beyond, i.e. before, earlier than,ὁ ὑ. τὰ Μηδικὰ πόλεμος Th.1.41
;ὑ. τὴν φθοράν Pl.Ti. 23c
.V in some dialects, in sense A. 11.1,2, on behalf of,ὑ. τὰν πόλιν SIG437
(Delph., iii B. C.), al., cf. IG42(1).109iv113 (Epid., iii B. C.), 5(2).438-40,442 (Megalop., ii B. C.), 42(1).380,665 (Epid., i A. D.), IPE4.71.10 (Cherson., ii A. D.); in sense A. 111, concerning,ἐπικράνθη μοι ὑ. ὑμᾶς LXX Ru.1.13
.C WITH DAT., only Arc., μαχόμενοι ὑ. τᾷ τᾶς πόλιος ἐλευθερίᾳ fighting for.., IG5(2).16 (Tegea, iii B. C.).D POSITION: ὑπέρ may follow its Subst., but then by anastrophe becomes ὕπερ, Il.5.339, Od.19.450, al., S.OT 1444, etc.E AS ADV., over-much, above measure,ὑπὲρ μὲν ἄγαν E.Med. 627
(lyr.); also written ὑπεράγαν, Str.3.2.9, Ael.NA3.38, etc.; cf. ὑπέρφευ: as a predicate, διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσι; ὑπὲρ ἐγώ I am more [ than they], 2 Ep.Cor.11.23.1 of Place, over, beyond, as in ὑπεράνω, ὑπέργειος, ὑπερβαίνω, ὑπερπόντιος.2 of doing a thing for or in defence of, as in ὑπερμαχέω, ὑπερασπίζω, ὑπεραλγέω.3 above measure, as in ὑπερήφανος, ὑπερφίαλος. -
48 πολύς
πολύς, [dialect] Att. πολλή, πολύ; gen. πολλοῦ, ῆς, ou=; dat. πολλῷ, ῇ, ῷ; acc. πολύν, πολλήν, πολύ:—[dialect] Ion. [full] πολλός Anacr.43.3,Aπολλή, πολλόν Xenoph.9
, Democr.219, Hp.VM1, Herod.3.19; also in Trag., S.Ant.86, Tr. 1196; acc. πολλόν, πολλήν, πολλόν: Hdt. uses the [dialect] Ion. forms, but codd. haveπολύν 2.121
.δ, 3.57, v.l. in 6.125,πολύ 2.106
,3.38,6.72,7.46, 160 ( πολύ also in Heraclit.114, Democr. 244):—both sets of forms are found in [dialect] Ep., also gen. sg.πολέος Il.4.244
, etc.: nom. pl.πολέες 2.417
, al., once [var] contr.πολεῖς 11.708
; gen. πολέων (trisyll.) 5.691, (disyll.) 16.655; dat.πολέσι 10.262
,al.;πολέσσι 13.452
, al.;πολέεσσι 9.73
, Od.5.54, Hes.Op. 119, etc.; acc. πολέας (trisyll.) Il.3.126, etc., (disyll.) 1.559,2.4, Hes.Op. 580 (freq. with v.l. πολεῖς Il.15.66, etc.); in later [dialect] Ep. πολέες is used as fem., Call.Del.28, alsoπολέας Id.Dian.42
, A.R.3.21; neut.πολέα Q.S.1.74
(v. infr.):—[dialect] Ep. also have [full] πουλύς (once in Hes., Th. 190, also Thgn. 509, sts. fem. in Hom.,πουλὺν ἐφ' ὑγρήν Il.10.27
,ἠέρα πουλύν 5.776
), neut.πουλύ Od.19.387
; these forms are found in codd. of Hp. and Aret. (who uses πολύ, πουλύ and πολλόν in neut.), but not in Hdt.:— Lyr. and Trag. (lyr.) sts. use [dialect] Ep. forms, dat. sg. ; nom. pl.πολέες B.10.17
; neut. ; (fem., B.5.100); dat. pl. . [ῠalways.]I of Number, many, Il.2.417, etc.; ἐκ πολλῶν, opp. ἐξὀλίγων, Hes.Th. 447; τριηκόντων ἐτέων πόλλ' ἀπολείπων wanting many of thirty years, Id.Op. 696;παρῆσάν τινες, καὶ πολλοί γε Pl.Phd. 58d
;οὐ πολλοί τινες A.Pers. 510
: with Nouns of multitude,πουλὺς ὅμιλος Od.8.109
;πλῆθος πολλόν Hdt.1.141
;ἔθνος πολλόν Id.4.22
; later πουλὺ.. ἐπ' ἔτος many a year, AP6.235 (Thall.);π. ἦν ὁ καταπλέων Plb.15.26.10
; of anything often repeated,περὶ σέο λόγος ἀπῖκται π. Hdt.1.30
;πολλὸν ἦν τοῦτο τὸ ἔπος Id.2.2
, cf. 3.137, etc.;πολὺ.. τὸ σὸν ὄνομα διήκει πάντας S.OC 305
; often,D.
21.29; τοῦτο ἐπιεικῶς πολὺ νῦν ἐστι is fairly frequent, Luc.Hist.Conscr.15.2 of Size, Degree, Intensity, much, mighty, ὄμβρος, νιφετός, Il.10.6;π. ὕπνος Od.15.394
;πῦρ.. π. 10.359
; π. ὑμέναιος a loud song, Il.18.493; π. ὀρυμαγδός, ῥοῖζος, etc., 2.810, Od.9.315, etc.; π. ἀνάγκη strong necessity, E.Ph. 1674; π. γέλως, βοή, much or great, S.Aj. 303, 1149; μωρία ib. 745; ὄλβος, αἰδώς, A.Pers. 251, Ag. 948;ἀσφάλεια Th.2.11
; ἀλογία, εὐήθεια, Pl.Phd. 67e, Phdr. 275c, etc.b rarely of a single person, great, mighty,μέγας καὶ πολλὸς ἐγένεο Hdt.7.14
, cf. E.Hipp.1; ὁ π. σοφιστής, στρατηγός, Chor.p.23 B., Id.in Rev.Phil.1.68;ὁ πάντα π. Id.p.27
B.; ὁ πολύς alone, of Hippocrates, Gal.19.530; of Trajan, Lyd.Mag.2.28;ῥώμην σώματος πολύς D.H.2.42
.c joined with a Verb, Κύπρις γὰρ οὐ φορητός, ἢν πολλὴ ῥυῇ if she flow with full stream, metaph. from a river, E.Hipp. 443;θρασυνομένῳ καὶ πολλῷ ῥέοντι D. 18.136
; from the wind, ὡς π. ἔπνει καὶ λαμπρός was blowing strong and fresh, Id.25.57, cf. Ar.Eq. 760, AP11.49 (Even.): generally, with might or force,ὅταν ὁ θεὸς.. ἔλθῃ πολύς E.Ba. 300
;ἢν π. παρῇ Id.Or. 1200
;π. καὶ τολμηρὸς ἅνθρωπος D.40.53
: with part. and εἰμί, πολλὸς ἦν λισσόμενος was all entreaties, Hdt.9.91; ;Ἐτεοκλέης ἂν εἷς π... ὑμνοῖθ' A.Th.6
;π. ἐνέκειτο λέγων Hdt.7.158
;π. τοῖς συμβεβηκόσιν ἔγκειται D.18.199
; alsoπ. ἦν ἐν τοῖσι λόγοισι Hdt.8.59
;πρὸς ταῖς παρασκευαῖς Plb.5.49.7
;ἐπὶ τῇ τιμωρίᾳ D.S.14.107
: without a Prep.,π. ἦν τοῖς ἐπαίνοις καὶ ἐπαχθής Aeschin.2.41
; π. μὲν γὰρ ὁ Φίλιππος ἔσται will be often mentioned, Id.1.166.3 of Value or Worth,πολέος δέ οἱ ἄξιος ἔσται Il.23.562
, cf. Od.8.405;πολλοῦ ἄξιος X.An.4.1.28
, etc.;πολλῶν ἄξιος Ar. Pax 918
; περὶ πολλοῦ ποιεῖσθαί τι, Lat. magni facere, cf.περί A.
IV; ἐπὶ πολλῷ at a high price, D.8.53;ἐπὶ π. ἐρραθυμηκότες Id.1.15
; πολύ ἐστί τι it is worth much, of great conscquence, X.Oec.18.7.4 of Space, large, wide, π. χώρη, πεδίον, Il.23.520,4.244, etc.; πόντος, πέλαγος, Hes.Op. 635, S.Ph. 635;χῶρος πλατὺς καὶ π. Hdt.4.39
; λίμνη μεγάλη τε καὶ π. ib. 109;π. ἡ Σικελία Th. 7.13
;π. ἡ Ἑλλάς Pl.Phd. 78a
, etc.; πολλὸς ἔκειτο he lay outstretched wide, Il.7.156, cf. 11.307; π. κέλευθος a far way, A.Pers. 748 (troch.): withoutὁδός, πολλὴ μὲν εἰς Ἡράκλειαν.., πολλὴ δὲ εἰς Χρυσόπολιν.. X.An.6.3.16
: διὰ πολλοῦ, ἐκ πολλοῦ, v. infr. IV.5 of Time, long, (anap.), etc.;πολὺν χρόνον Il.2.343
, etc.;οὐ π. χρ. S.Ph. 348
, etc.; soπολλοῦ χρόνου Ar.Pl.98
;χρόνῳ πολλῷ S.Tr. 228
; διὰ πολλοῦ (sc. χρόνου) Luc.Nec.15;ἐκ πολλοῦ Th.1.58
, D. 21.41; πρὸ πολλοῦ long before, D.S.14.43;οὐ μετὰ πολύ Luc.Tox.54
; ἔτι πολλῆς νυκτός while still quite night, Th.8.101; πολλῆς ὥρας late in the day, Plb.5.8.3;ἤδη ὥρα πολλή Ev.Marc.6.35
;ἔτι ἔστιν ἡμέρα πολλή LXX Ge.29.7
.II Special usages:1 c. partit.gen., e.g. πολλοὶ Τρώων, for πολλοὶ Τρῶες, Il.18.271, etc.; neut., πολλὸν σαρκός, for πολλὴ σάρξ, Od.19.450: in Prose, the Adj. generally takes the gender of the gen.,τὸν πολλὸν τοῦ χρόνου Hdt.1.24
; τῆς γῆς οὐ πολλήν Th.6.7;τῆς ἀθάρης πολλήν Ar.Pl. 694
;πολλὴν τῆς χώρας X.Cyr. 3.2.2
;ὁ π. τοῦ λόγου D.44.6
; v. infr. 3.2 joined with another Adj.,πολλὰ δυστερπῆ κακά A.Ch. 277
, cf. 585 (lyr.), etc.: more freq. joined to another Adj. by καί, πολέες τε καὶ ἐσθλοί many men and good, Il.6.452, etc.;πολέες τε καὶ ἄλκιμοι 21.586
;πολλὰ καὶ ἐσθλά Od.2.312
; παλαιά τε πολλά τε ib. 188;ἄκοσμά τε π. τε Il.2.213
;πολλαί γε.. καὶ ἄλλαι Hes.Th. 363
;π. τε καὶ κακά Hdt.4.167
, etc.;π. κἀγαθά Ar.Th. 351
(butπ. ἀγαθά IG12.76.45
);π. καὶ ἀνόσια Pl.R. 416e
;π. καὶ μακάρια Id.Plt. 269d
;π. καὶ πονηρά X.Mem.2.9.6
;πολλά τε καὶ δεινά Id.An.5.5.8
;μεγάλα καὶ π. D.36.22
; π. καὶ καλοὺς (s.v.l.) κινδύνους, π. καὶ καλὰ παραδείγματα, Din.1.109.3 with the Art. (in Hom. without the Art., Il.2.483, 5.334, 22.28), of persons or things well known, Ἑλένα μία τὰς πολλάς, τὰς πάνυ π. ψυχὰς ὀλέσασ' those many lives, A.Ag. 1456 (lyr.), cf. S.OT 845, Th.3.87, Pl.Phd. 88a, Ti. 54a, Act.Ap.26.24: with abstract Nouns,τᾶς πολλᾶς ὑγιείας A. Ag. 1001
(lyr., dub.); numbers,Hdt.
1.136.b οἱ π. the many, i.e. the greater number,Ἀθηναῖοι.. ἀπῆλθον οἱ πολλοί Th. 1.126
, cf. 3.32, etc. (so in sg., ὁ πολλὸς λόγος the prevailing report, Hdt.1.75);τοῖς π. κριταῖς S.Aj. 1243
: with gen., τοῖς π. βροτῶν ib. 682;οἱ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων X.Cyr.8.2.24
; far the most,Hp.
Aër.20 (v.l. μάλιστα for ἅπαντες); for τὰ πολλὰ πάντα, v. infr. 111.1a: hence οἱ πολλοί the people, the commonalty, opp. οἱ μείζω κεκτημένοι, Th.1.6; opp. οἱ κομψότεροι, Pl.R. 505b; οἱ π., = Lat. plebs, D.S.20.36; τῶν πολλῶν εἷς one of the multitude, D.21.96; alsoὁ π. λεώς Luc.JTr.53
, cf. Rh.Pr.17;ὁ π. ὅμιλος Id.Luct.2
. Hdn.1.1.1, etc.;ὁ π. δῆμος Luc.Apol.15
;ὁ π. ὄχλος Ph. 2.4
; ὁ π. alone, = vulgus, v.l. in D.S.2.29; the ordinary man, Epicur.Fr. 478, Phld.Rh.2.154S.;νίμμα ὁ π. λέγει, ἡμεῖς ἀπόνιπτρον λέγομεν Phryn.170
, cf.369; ὁ ἐμπαθὴς καὶ π. ἄνθρωπος 'l'homme moyen sensuel', Herm.in Phdr.p.146A.; ὁ π. ἄνθρωπος (with pl. Verb) the average man, opp. τὸ ἐξαίρετον, Eun.Hist.p.216 D.c τὸ πολύ, c. gen.,τῆς στρατιῆς τὸ πολλόν Hdt.8.100
;τὸ π. τοῦ χρόνου Hp.
Aër. 20;τῶν λογάδων τὸ π. Th.5.73
;τῶν ὅπλων τὸ π. Pl.Plt. 288b
; alsoὁ στρατὸς ὁ πολλός Hdt.1.102
;ἡ δύναμις ἡ π. Th.1.24
; ὁ π. βίοτος the best part of life, S.El. 185 (lyr.).d the most,Od.
22.273, and perh. 2.58, 17.537 (elsewh. in Hom. πολλά, as Subst., means much riches, great possessions, Il.11.684, Od.19.195);τὰ π. τοῦ πολέμου Th.2.13
; πρὸς τὸ τῶν π. μέγεθος in regard to the size of the average, Arist.Rh. 1363b11.4 pl. πολλά very much, too much, πολλὰ πράσσειν, = πολυπραγμονεῖν, E.Supp. 576, Ar.Ra. 228;π. ἔπαθεν Pi.O.13.63
, etc.; π. ἔρξαι τινά to do one much harm, A. Th. 923 (lyr.).5 πολλάς with Verbs of beating ( πληγάς being omitted), v. πληγή 1.6 πολύς repeated, , cf. A.Supp. 451; , etc.; πολλοῦ πολύς, v. infr. 111.1b: with Advbs. πολλάκις, πολλαχῇ, etc. (qq. v., cf. 111.1 e).III Adverbial usages:a neut. πολύ ([dialect] Ion. πολλόν) , πολλά, much,πόλλ' ἀεκαζομένη Il.6.458
, etc.; strengthd.,μάλα πολλά 8.22
, al.;πάνυ πολύ Pl.Alc.1.119c
; ; esp. of repetition, often, Il.2.798, Od.13.29, Hes.Op. 322; so of earnest commands and entreaties, πολλὰ κελεύων, πόλλ' ἐπέτελλον, πολλὰ λισσομένη, πολλὰ μάλ' εὐχομένω, Il.5.528, 11.782, 5.358, 9.183: with the Art., for the most part,Pl.
Prt. 315a, etc. (but with numerals, at most, Vett. Val.9.5);ὡς τὸ π. X.Mem.1.1.10
, etc.;τὰ πολλά Th.1.13
, 2.11,87, etc.;ὡς τὰ π. Id.5.65
, etc.;τὰ π. πάντα Hdt.1.203
, 2.35, 5.67.b of Degree, far, very much,ἀπέφυγε πολλὸν τοὺς διώκοντας Id.6.82
: also abs. gen. πολλοῦ very,θρασὺς εἶ πολλοῦ Ar.Nu. 915
, cf. Eup.74;πολλοῦ δύνασθαι Alciphr.1.9
(s.v.l.); πολλοῦ πολύς, πολλὴ πολλοῦ, much too much, Ar.Eq. 822,Ra. 1046.c of Space, a great way, far,οὐ πολλόν Hdt.1.104
;πολὺ οὐκ ἐξῄεσαν Th.1.15
, etc.d of Time, long,ὡς πολλὸν τοῦτο ἐγίνετο Hdt.4.126
, cf. 6.129.e of Probability, ἐὰν πολλὰ πολλῶν τέκῃς, perh. = ἐὰν πολλάκις τέκῃς,POxy. 744.9 (i B.C./i A.D.);ἐάν τι πολλὰ πολλάκις πάθω Ar.Ec. 1105
.2 πολύ is freq. joined with Adjs. and Advbs.,a with a [comp] Comp. to increase its comp. force, πολὺ μεῖζον, πολλὸν παυρότεροι, Il.1.167, Od.14.17; πολὺ μᾶλλον much more, Il.9.700; πολύ τι μᾶλλον f.l. in D.H. Comp.4 (p.22 U.-R.): with words, esp. Preps., between πολύ and its Adj., π. ἐν πλέονι, π. ἐπὶ δεινοτέρῳ, Th.1.35, Pl.R. 589e;πολὺ ἔτι ἐκ λαμπροτέρων Id.Phd. 110c
;π. σὺν φρονήματι μείζονι X.An.3.1.22
, cf.3.2.30, Smp.1.4 (but the Prep. freq. comes first,ἐκ π. ἐλάττονος And.1.109
, etc.); so πολλῷ is freq. used with the [comp] Comp., by far, A.Pr. 337, Hdt. 1.134, etc.;π. μᾶλλον S.OT 1159
, Pl.Phd. 80e; οὐ πολλῷ τεῳ ἀσθενέστερον not a great deal weaker, Hdt.1.181, cf. 2.48,67, etc.: πολύ with all words implying comparison, πολὺ πρίν much sooner, Il.9.250;π. πρό 4.373
: with the comp. Verbφθάνω, ἦ κε πολὺ φθαίη 13.815
; so πολὺ προβέβηκας ἁπάντων, πολὺ προμάχεσθαι ἁπάντων, 6.125, 11.217;προὔλαβε πολλῷ Th.7.80
: with βούλομαι, = prefer,ἡμῖν πολὺ βούλεται ἢ Δαναοῖσι νίκην Il.17.331
, cf. Od.17.404; πολύ γε in answers, after a [comp] Comp. or [comp] Sup., ἀργὸς.. γενήσεται μᾶλλον; Answ. , cf. 387e, etc.b with a [comp] Sup., πολὺ πρώτιστος, πολλὸν ἄριστος, far the first, etc., Il.2.702, 1.91, etc.;προθυμία π. τολμηροτάτη Th.1.74
, etc.;πολλόν τι μάλιστα Hdt.1.56
;π. δή, π. δὴ γυναῖκ' ἀρίσταν E.Alc. 442
(lyr.), cf. Ar.Av. 539, Archestr.Fr.34.9; alsoπολλῷ πλεῖστοι Hdt.5.92
.έ, 8.42;π. μεγίστους Id.4.82
.c with a Positive, to add force to the Adj.,ὦ πολλὰ μὲν τάλαινα, πολλὰ δ' αὖ σοφή A.Ag. 1295
; alsoἐς πόλλ' ἀθλία πέφυκ' ἐγώ E.Ph. 619
(troch.);πολὺ ἀφόρητος Luc.DMeretr. 9.3
; cf. πλεῖστος.IV with Preps.,1 διὰ πολλοῦ at a great interval of Space or Time, v. διά A.1.5, 11.2.4 ἐπὶ πολύ,a over a great space, far,οὐκ ἐπὶ πολλόν Hdt.2.32
; ἐπὶ π. τῆς θαλάσσης, τῆς χώρας, Th.1.50,4.3, etc.; to a great extent, Id.1.6,18,3.83; cf.ποιέω B.11.2
.b for a long time, long, Id.5.16;τῆς ἡμέρας ἐπὶ π. Id.7.38
, cf. 39.cὡς ἐπὶ π.
very generally,Id.
1.12 (v.l.), Archyt. ap. Stob.3.1.195;ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π.
for the most part,Th.
2.13, Pl.Plt. 294e, etc.;μὴ καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον, ἀλλ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Isoc.4.154
;τό γ' ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ π. Id.8.35
.6 περὶ πολλοῦ, v. supr. 1.3.7 πρὸ πολλοῦ far before,τῆς πόλεως D.H.9.35
; also of Time, οὐ πρὸ π. not long before, Id.5.62.8 σὺν πολλῷ in no small degree, only too much or too well, Hld.2.8,9.20, 10.9 (cf. CR41.53). -
49 προτίθημι
Aπροτιθεῖ Hdt.1.133
, [ per.] 3pl.προτιθεῖσι Id.7.197
), [tense] fut.- θήσω Th.3.67
: [tense] aor.προὔθηκα Il.24.409
, etc. (for προθέουσι v. προθέω (B)):—[voice] Med. (v. infr.):—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor. 1 , Pl.Phd. 90b, etc.; but [tense] pres. and [tense] impf. [voice] Pass. are usu. supplied by πρόκειμαι:—set before, set out, esp. of meals, τραπέζας νίζον καὶ πρότιθεν ([dialect] Ep. for προὐτίθεσαν) Od.1.112; ;τούτοισι προθεῖναι δαῖτα Hdt.1.207
, cf. S.Aj. 1294, Ant. 775, Ph. 274, etc.;ξείνια στρατῷ Hdt.7.29
:—[voice] Med., set before oneself, have set before one,δαῖτα Id.1.133
, 4.26;κλίνας καὶ τραπέζας Plu.2.99e
; also προτίθεσθαί τισι ἄριστον cause it to be set before them, Chionid.7.b π. τινὰ κυσίν throw him to the dogs, Il.24.409; τινὰ θηρσὶν ἁρπαγὴν π. E. El. 896.2 expose a child, Hdt.1.112;π. τινὰ ἔρημον S.Ph. 268
:—[voice] Pass.,ὁ θανάτῳ προτεθείς E.Ph. 803
(lyr.).3 set up, institute, propose, esp. of contests,ἅμιλλαν λόγων E.Med. 546
;λόγων τοὺς ἀγῶνας Th.3.67
;εἰ πονηρίας ἀγὼν προτεθείη Pl.Phd. 90b
; ἄπορον αἵρεσιν offer a choice, Id.Tht. 196c (but alsoπροτίθεσθαί τινι αἵρεσιν Id.Lg. 858a
);π. νόμον E. Hipp. 1046
.b set up as a mark or prize,στέφανόν τισι τῶν ἀγώνων Th.2.46
;σκοπὸν κάλλιστον ἐν τῷ ζῆν Plb.7.8.9
:—[voice] Pass.,προὐτέθην ἐγὼ ἆθλον.. δορός E.Hel.42
.4 fix, set, ἐς ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα οὖρον τῆς ζόης ἀνθρώπῳ π. Id.1.32:—[voice] Med.; οὖρον π. ἐνιαυτόν ib.74.5 appoint as a task or duty, ;νεωτέρῳ τοῦτο βαστάζειν πρόθες Id.Ant. 216
; δμῳαῖς π. πένθος οἰκεῖον στένειν ib. 1249, cf. Hdt. 9.94:—[voice] Med., propose to oneself as a task or object,ὅπερ προὐθέμεθα σκέψασθαι Pl.Phdr. 259e
, R. 352d, cf. Sph. 221a, Tht. 169c;π. ψέγειν αὐτὸ ἢ ἐπαινεῖν Id.Lg. 638c
, cf. Arist.EN 1142b19 (dub.), Hipparch. 1.1.6, Luc.Nec.19.b [voice] Med., c. [tense] fut. inf., propose to oneself, intend,προτεθειμένου κατοικήσειν ἐνταῦθα Syr.D. 13.256
(Seleucia in Pieria, ii B.C.).6 [voice] Med., also, put forth on one's own part, display, show, ;ἀνδραγαθίαν Th.3.64
;ἔχθραν Id.8.85
.7 [voice] Med., θνητοὺς ἐν οἴκτῳ προθέμενος setting before oneself in pity, feeling compassion for, A.Pr. 241.8 advance money, IPE12.32B30,63 (Olbia, iii B.C.);τὸ διδόμενον ἆθλον ὑπὸ τοῦ δήμου αὐτὸς προέθηκεν ἐκ τοῦ ἰδίου IG12(9).234.18
(Eretria, i B.C.); (Istropolis, ii B.C.).II π. νεκρόν lay out a dead body, let it lie in state, Hdt.5.8:—[voice] Med., E.Alc. 664, Supp.53 (lyr.), Ar.Lys. 611, Th.2.34, Lys.12.18, etc.;ποτήρια χρύσεα προθεῖτο Hdt.3.148
.3 display a public notice,τὸ λεύκωμα πρὸ τοῦ ναοῦ IG9(2).1109.35
(Coropa, ii B.C.);ἐπ' αὐτῆς τῆς οἰκίας π. ἐν λευκώματι UPZ 106.20
(ii B.C.); (Egypt, i A.D.), cf. POxy.2108.8 ([voice] Pass., iii A.D.); notify publicly,τοὺς [προέδρους] προτιθέναι περὶ ὧν δεῖ βουλεύεσθαι IG42(1).68.80
(Epid., iv B.C.); περὶ ὧν.. οἱ ἄρχοντες προτίθεισι Ἀρχ.Δελτ.9 παρ.53 ([place name] Eresus), cf. IG 12(2).526a21 (ibid., iv B.C.), 645b35 (Nesus, iv B.C.); τὰς πράξεις (exactions).. τῶν προτιθεμένων ([voice] Pass.)κατὰ τὰς ἐγγραφάς Arist.Pol. 1321b42
; call a case for trial by means of a public notice, (ii B.C.); οἱ προτεθέντες ἐπ' ἐμὲ καὶ μὴ ὑπακούσαντες ἴστωσαν ὅτι .. PHamb.29.6 (i A.D.); advertise for sale or other purpose, BGU 992 i 7 ([voice] Pass., ii B.C.), PLips.64.44 (iv A.D.), etc.; τοῖς συλλημψομένοις ὑμῖν γέρα προτιθέντα advertising rewards to those of you who apprehend (robbers), POxy.1408.16 (iii A.D.).4 propose, bring forward a thing to be examined and debated, also give an opportunity for debate, voting,ἐς μέσον σφι π. πρῆγμα Hdt.1.206
;π. τὸν λόγον Id.8.59
;γνώμας σφίσιν αὐτοῖς Th. 1.139
; π. λόγον (sc. εἰς ἐκκλησίαν) Aeschin.2.65;λόγον περί τινος X.Mem.4.2.3
; γνώμας π. αὖθις Ἀθηναίοις, of the Prytanes, Th.6.14, cf. 3.36; π. τὴν διαγνώμην αὖθις περὶ Μυτιληναίων ib.42, cf. Isoc.8.15; π. βουλὴν εἴτε.. εἴτε .. D.H.6.15;τὸν ἐπιμήνιον, ἢν μὴ προθῇ, ἑκατὸν στατῆρας ὀφείλειν SIG58.10
(Milet., v B.C.), cf. 141.12 (Corc. Nigra, iv B.C.), 167.13 (Mylasa, iv B.C.), al.; προθεῖναι αὖθις περὶ Μυτιληναίων λέγειν propose a discussion about.., Th.3.38; , etc.; π. αὐτοῖς κρίσιν appoint a trial for them, Lys.27.8;π. αὐτοῖς ἀγορὰν δικῶν Luc.
Bis Acc.4; προέθηκε.. λέγειν τὰ ἑκατέροισι.. κατέργασται has proposed (or initiated) a recital of what each has done, Hdt.9.27: c. dat. pers. et inf., Id.3.38: c. acc. et inf.,π. γνώμην ἀποφαίνεσθαι τὸν βουλόμενον Id.8.49
:—[voice] Med.,ἤν τις προθῆται ψῆφον, ὥστε μὴ εἶναι τὸν νόμον τοῦτον SIG45.33
(Halic., v B.C.):—[voice] Pass., οὐ προὐτέθη σφίσι λόγος speech was not allowed them, X.HG1.7.5; .IV put before or first, προτιθέντι ἀνάγκη.. λέγειν, opp. ἐπιλέγοντι, Arist.Rh. 1394a15, cf. b28;π. τοῦ λόγου προοίμιον Pl. Lg. 723c
; set down first in writing, προθεὶς ἄρχοντα Νικόμαχόν φησιν οὕτως· ἐπὶ τούτου κτλ." Did. in D.1.19, cf. 8.17, al., Gal.19.183:— [voice] Med., put in front,τοὺς γροσφομάχους Plb.1.33.9
; premise,λόγον Id.3.118.11
;τὰς προειρημένας αἰτίας Id.4.25.6
:—[voice] Pass.,τὸ μὴ καὶ τὸ οὒ προτιθέμενα τῶν ἐπιόντων ὀνομάτων Pl.Sph. 257c
: metaph., Th.2.42.3 prefer one to another,τί τινος Hdt.3.53
, E.Med. 963;ἡδονὴν ἀντὶ τοῦ καλοῦ Id.Hipp. 382
:—[voice] Med., .Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προτίθημι
-
50 αἰτία
αἰτία, ας, ἡ (s. αἴτιος; Pind.+; ins, pap, LXX; En 21:4; TestSol 11:2 ‘illness’; GrBar, Philo, Joseph., Just., Tat., Ath., Mel., P. 56, 411).① that which is responsible for a condition, cause, reason Dg 5:17; gov. by διά: διὰ ταύτην τὴν αἰτίαν for this reason (Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 10, 52; 2 Macc 12:40; Jos., Ant. 3, 279; Just., D. 4, 6; Mel., P. 56, 411; SIG 700, 15; 826G, 21; Michel 456, 14 διὰ ταύτας τὰς αἰτίας; BGU 1243, 6 [III B.C.]) Ac 28:20; cp. 10:21; 1 Cl 44:2; 2 Cl 10:3; Hs 9, 8, 3. οὐ διʼ ἄλλην τινὰ αἰ. … ἀλλά for no other reason … than 1 Cl 51:5. διʼ ἣν αἰτίαν (SIG 630, 6f; PEnteux 84, 14 [III B.C.]; 1 Esdr 2:17; Wsd 18:18; oft. 2 Macc) in indir. quest. why Lk 8:47; Ac 22:24; at beg. of a sentence as causal conj. (B-D-F §456, 4) for this reason, therefore (Diod S 4, 80, 4; 13, 11, 2; 2 Macc 4:28; Philo, Op. M. 100; Jos., Ant. 17, 202) 2 Ti 1:6, 12; Tit 1:13; Hb 2:11. κατὰ πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every cause (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 25 §94 κατὰ μηδεμίαν αἰτίαν; BGU 136, 26 [II A.D.] κατὰ ταύτην τ. αἰτίαν; Jos., Ant. 4, 249; 253) Mt 19:3.② the actual state of affairs, case, circumstance, relationship (Latinism=causa B-D-F §5, 3b; cp. PRyl 63, 2f τίς δὲ ἡ αἰ. τούτων τῶν εἰδώλων;) εἰ οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ αἰ. τοῦ ἀνθρώπου μετὰ τῆς γυναικός if the relationship of a man with his wife is like this Mt 19:10.③ a basis for legal action, legal t.t.ⓐ charge, ground for complaint (PKroll I, 3 ἐγγενέσθαι αἰτίαις) Ac 23:28. αἰ. εὑρίσκειν (ἔν τινι) find a basis for a charge (in his case) J 18:38; 19:4, 6 (Pilate states that he has no ‘case’). αἰτία θανάτου=Lat. causa capitalis, reason/grounds for capital punishment Ac 13:28; 28:18. The charge specified Mt 27:37; Mk 15:26.ⓑ accusation (Ath. 2, 3; 31, 1; Diod S 20, 62, 5 ἐν αἰτίαις ἔχειν τινά=lay charges against someone; Athen. 12, 542e) αἰτίαν φέρειν (v.l. ἐπιφέρειν q.v. 5) bring an accusation Ac 25:18 (Jos., Ant. 20, 47). αἱ κατʼ αὐτοῦ αἰ. the (formal) charges against him vs. 27.—B. 1183; 1244. DELG s.v. αἴτιος. M-M. -
51 ἑαυτοῦ
ἑαυτοῦ, ῆς, οῦ, pl. ἑαυτῶν, reflexive pron. (Hom.+; JosAs 7:6 [oft. cod. A; 3:2 αὐτοῦ]). Editors variously replace contract forms αὑτοῦ and αὑτῶν of later mss. w. uncontracted forms or w. αὐτοῦ, αὐτῶν; cp., e.g., the texts of Mk 9:16; Lk 23:12; J 2:24; 20:10; Ac 14:17; Ro 1:24; Eph 2:15; Hb 5:3; 1J 5:10; Rv 8:6; 18:7 in GNT1–3 w. GNT4; s. also Merk’s treatment of these same pass. Cp. the ms. evidence for Phil 3:21 in GNT1–3 w. its absence in GNT4. (W-S. §223 16; B-D-F §64, 1; Mayser 305; I2/2, 65; Rob. 226; Mlt-Turner 190; M-M. s.v. αὑτοῦ; RBorger, TRu 52, ’88, 17–19).① indicator of identity w. the pers. speaking or acting, selfⓐ of the third pers. sing. and pl. ταπεινοῦν ἑαυτόν humble oneself Mt 18:4; 23:12. Opp. ὑψοῦν ἑ. exalt oneself 23:12; δοξάζειν ἑ. glorify oneself Rv 18:7 v.l. ἀπαρνεῖσθαι ἑ. deny oneself 16:24; Mk 8:34 (Mel, P. 26, 181). ἀμάρτυρον ἑ. ἀφεῖναι leave oneself without witness Ac 14:17 v.l.; ἑτοιμάζειν ἑ. prepare oneself Rv 8:6 v.l. εὐνουχίζειν ἑ. make a eunuch of oneself Mt 19:12; σῴζειν ἑ. (Jos., Ant. 10, 137) 27:42; κατακόπτειν ἑ. beat oneself Mk 5:5; πιστεύειν ἑαυτόν τινι J 2:24 v.l. et al.; ἀγοράζειν τι ἑαυτῷ buy someth. for oneself Mt 14:15; Mk 6:36; θησαυρίζων ἑαυτῷ lay up assets for oneself Lk 12:21. ὑποτάσσειν ἑ. Phil 3:21 v.l. W. the middle (cp. X., Mem. 1, 6, 13 ποιεῖσθαι ἑαυτῷ φίλον; Sir 37:8): διεμερίσαντο ἑαυτοῖς they divided among them J 19:24 (Ps 21:19).—The simple dat. may also be used to emphasize the subject as agent (Hdt. 1, 32; Strabo 2, 1, 35; POxy 2351, 49; Ps 26:12; SSol 1:8) βαστάζων ἑαυτῷ τὸν σταυρόν bearing the cross without help J 19:17; ἑαυτοῖς κρίμα λήμψονται they themselves will be responsible for the judgment they are to receive Ro 13:2; οὐκ ἐπαινοῦμεν τοὺς προσιόντας ἑαυτοῖς we do not commend those who take the initiative in advancing themselves MPol 4; cp. στρῶσον σεαυτῷ make your own bed Ac 9:34.—Rydbeck 51–61.—Used esp. w. prep.α. ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ (ἀπό 5eα; TestAbr A 19 p. 101, 6 [Stone p. 50]; Just., A I, 43, 8 ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ἑλόμενος τὸ ἀγαθόν; Tat. 17, 4 ἐχθρὸν ἀμυνεῖται): ποιεῖν τι do someth. of one’s own accord J 5:19. λαλεῖν speak on one’s own authority (Diod S 12, 66, 2 ἐκήρυξέ τις ἀφʼ ἑαυτοῦ; i.e. without orders from a higher authority) 7:18; 16:13; λέγειν 11:51; 18:34 v.l. (M. Ant. 11, 19 τοῦτο οὐκ ἀπὸ σαυτοῦ μέλλεις λέγειν). καρπὸν φέρειν bear fruit by itself 15:4. ἱκανὸν εἶναι be competent by oneself 2 Cor 3:5 (ἀφʼ ἑαυτῶν interchanging w. ἐξ ἑαυτῶν; s. also 1aδ). γινώσκειν know by oneself Lk 21:30. κρίνειν judge for oneself 12:57 (ἐξετάζειν Ath. 18, 1).β. διʼ ἑαυτοῦ (POxy 273, 21; PTebt 72, 197; TestJob 16:4): κοινὸς διʼ ἑαυτοῦ unclean in itself Ro 14:14 (EpJer 26; Just., A I, 54, 8; A II, 10, 8; D. 56, 1).γ. ἐν ἑαυτῷ to or in oneself, εὐπαρεπέστατον ἦν ἐν αὑτῷ τὸ ὄρος Hs 9, 1, 10. J 13:32 v.l.; Ro 1:24 v.l.; Eph 2:15 v.l. Otherw. mostly w. verbs of speaking, in contrast to audible utterance; s. διαλογίζομαι 1, εἶπον 6, λέγω 1bζ; otherw. ἔχειν τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ have someth. in oneself (cp. Jdth 10:19; Jos., Ant. 8, 171; Just., D. 8, 2; Ath. 10, 2) J 5:26, 42; 6:53; 17:13; 2 Cor 1:9. Gener., of what takes place in the inner consciousness διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17. Esp. γίνεσθαι ἐν ἑαυτῷ come to one’s senses 12:11 (X., An. 1, 5, 17 ὁ Κλέαρχος ἐν ἑαυτῷ ἐγένετο; Polyb. 1, 49, 8; Chariton 3, 9, 11 ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος). Also:δ. ἐξ ἑαυτῶν (Soph., El. 343 ἐκ σαυτῆς; Theophr. Fgm. 96 [in Ps.-Demetr. 222] ἐξ αὑτοῦ) of (our) own strength 2 Cor 3:5.ε. εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἔρχεσθαι come to one’s senses Lk 15:17 (Diod S 13, 95, 2; Epict. 3, 1, 15; GrBar 17:3).ζ. καθʼ ἑαυτόν by oneself (X., Mem. 3, 5, 4; Plut., Anton. 940 [54, 1 and 2]; 2 Macc 13:13; Just., D. 4, 5; 74:2; Ath. 15, 2 al.) μένειν live by oneself (in a private house) Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρά ἐστιν καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith (when it remains) by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Diog. L. 1, 64 from a letter of Solon: religion and lawgivers can do nothing καθʼ ἑαυτά=if they are dependent on themselves alone).—βασιλεία μερισθεῖσα καθʼ ἑαυτῆς a kingdom that is divided against itself Mt 12:25.—μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ, μεθʼ ἑαυτῶν with oneself, themselves (cp. 1 Km 9:3; 24:3 ἔλαβεν μεθʼ ἑ.) Mt 12:45; 25:3.η. παρʼ ἑαυτῷ τιθέναι τι put someth. aside 1 Cor 16:2 (X., Mem. 3, 13, 3; cp. Jos., Ant. 9, 68 οἴκαδε παρʼ αὑτῷ; Tat. 7, 2 λόγου δύναμις ἔχουσα παρʼ ἑαυτῇ τὸ προγνωστικόν ‘has in itself’).θ. περὶ ἑ. προσφέρειν make offering for himself Hb 5:3. τὰ περι ἑαυτοῦ the passages about himself Lk 24:27.ι. πρὸς ἑαυτὸν προσεύχεσθαι pray to oneself (=in silence) 18:11 (cp. Aristaen., Ep. 1, 6; 2 Macc 11:13; Jos., Ant. 11, 210; Vi. Aesopi G 9 P. πρὸς ἑαυτὸν εἶπεν; 38; Just., D. 62, 2 πρὸς ἑαυτὸν ἔλεγεν ὁ θεός … πρὸς ἑαυτοὺς λέγομεν). ἀπῆλθεν πρὸς ἑαυτόν, θαυμάζων τὸ γέγονος (Peter) went home, (all the while) marveling at what had taken place Lk 24:12 (FNeirynck, ETL 54, ’78, 104–18). ἀπέρχεσθαι πρὸς ἑαυτούς go home J 20:10 v.l. (for αὐτούς, cp. Polyb. 5, 93, 1; Num 24:25; Jos., Ant. 8, 124; s. MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 102f). Lk 23:12 v.l.ⓑ for the first and second pers. pl. (gener. H. Gk.; s. FKälker, Quaest. de elocut. Polyb. 1880, 277; Mlt. 87; B-D-F §64, 1; Mayser 303, w. further lit. in note 3; Rob. 689f) ἑαυτούς = ἡμᾶς αὐτούς (Themistocl., Ep. 15; Jos., Bell. 5, 536; Just., A I, 53, 3; D. 32, 5; 34, 1 al.; Tat. 30, 1; Ath. 12, 1) 1 Cor 11:31. ἐν ἑαυτοῖς = ἐν ἡμῖν αὐτοῖς Ro 8:23; 2 Cor 1:9; =ἐν ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς Ro 11:25 v.l. (En 6:2 ἐκλεξώμεθα ἑαυτοῖς γυναῖκας). διʼ ἑαυτῶν = διʼ ἡμῶν αὐ. 1 Cl 32:4; παρʼ ἑαυτοῖς = παρʼ ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς Ro 11:25 (cp. Just., D. 141, 1 and Tat. 11:2 διʼ ἑαυτούς). ἑαυτοῖς = ὑμῖν αὐτοῖς (cp. En 15:3; TestJob 45:3; TestDan 6:1; Jos., Ant. 4, 190; 8, 277) Mt 23:31; Ro 11:25 v.l.; 1 Cl 47:7.—This replacement of the first and second pers. by the third is very much less common in the sg. (Ps.-Pla., Alc. 2, 143c; Dio Chrys. 30 [47], 6 σὺ … αὑτόν; Aelian, VH 1, 21; Galen, Protr. 10 p. 30, 10 John; Syntipas p. 115, 10 μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ=with me; TestJob 2:3 διελογιζόμην ἐν ἑαυτῷ; GrBar 17:3 εἰς ἑαυτὸν ἐλθὼν δόξαν ἔφερον τῷ θεῷ. Transjordanian ins: NGG Phil.-Hist. Kl. Fachgr. V n.s. I/1 ’36, p. 3, 1; other exx. in Mlt. 87, n. 2; Mayser 304; Hauser 100), and can hardly be established w. certainty for the NT gener.: s. J 18:34 v.l.; Ro 13:9 v.l.; cp. ISm 4:2 (v.l. ἐμαυτόν); Hv 4, 1, 5 Joly (ἐμαυτῷ B.); Hs 2:1.② marker of reciprocal relationship, for the reciprocal pron. ἀλλήλων, ἀλλήλοις, ἀλλήλους (also in earlier auth., Kühner-G. I 573; pap in Mayser 304; LXX; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἔδονται τὰ(ς) σάρκας αὐτῶν καὶ τὸ αἱμα αὐτῶν πίονται; Tat. 3, 3.—W-S. §22, 13; B-D-F §287; Rob. 690) each other, one another συζητεῖν πρὸς ἑαυτούς Mk 9:16 v.l. (s. VTaylor, Comm. ad. loc.; ASyn. app., w. correction of Tdf. app.); λέγοντες πρὸς ἑαυτούς as they said to each other Mk 10:26; cp. J 12:19 (πρὸς ἑ. as Antig. Car. 39 μάχεσθαι πρὸς αὑτούς; Lucian, Philops. 29, Ver. Hist. 1, 35; Tat. 26, 3 πολεμοῦντες … ἑαυτοῖς ἀλλήλους καθαιρεεῖτε). χαρίζεσθαι ἑαυτοῖς forgive one another Eph 4:32; Col 3:13. νουθετεῖν ἑαυτούς admonish one another vs. 16. εἰρηνεύειν ἐν ἑαυτοῖς live in peace w. one another 1 Th 5:13; τὴν εἰς ἑαυτοὺς ἀγάπην 1 Pt 4:9.③ marker of possession by the pers. spoken of or acting, in place of the possessive pron. his, her (Mayser 304f; Mlt. 87f) Mt 8:22; 21:8; 25:1; Lk 2:39; 9:60; 11:21; 12:36 al. ESchwartz, Index lectionum 1905, 8f; DTabachovitz, Eranos 93, ’55, 76ff; ADihle, Noch einmal ἑαυτῷ: Glotta 39, ’60, 83–92; s. Rydbeck (1a beg.).—DELG. M-M. -
52 ταπεινόω
+ V 15-37-37-68-21=178 Gn 15,13; 16,9; 31,50; 34,2; Ex 1,12A: to bow (the head) [τι] Sir 4,7; to bring low, to abase, to confound, to overthrow (pride) [τι] Is 13,11; to bring down (the body) [τι] Est 4,17k; to bring down, to humble, to lower (the eyes) [τι] (metaph.) 2 Sm 22,28; to bring low (a tree) [τι] (metaph.) Ez 17,24; to humble [τινα] Gn 15,13; to violate [τινα] Gn 34,2P: to be lowered, to be levelled Is 40,4; to be humbled Ps 50(51),19ταπεινώσατε τὰς ψυχὰς ὑμῶν humble your souls, discipline yourselves, fast Lv 16,29*JgsA 5,13 ταπείνωσόν μοι humble (them) before me, make (them) low before me-רדד? to subdue for MT ירד ירד (the people of the Lord) went down for me; *Is 3,8 ἐταπεινώθη it has been brought low-ענה for MT עני? (עיני 1QIsa) eyes of; *Is 3,17 καὶ ταπεινώσει and he will humble-פלשׁ? for MT פחשׂו he will lay bare; *Ps 38(39),3 ἐταπεινώθην I was humbled-דממתי? I was brought to silence for MT דומיה silence;*Ps 87(88),16 ἐταπεινώθην I am brought low-אמך מוך or-מכך for MT ך/אמי your terrors; *Jb 22,23ταπεινώσῃς σεαυτόν you humble yourself-תענה for MT תבנה you will be rebuilt, you will be rehabilitatedCf. DORIVAL 1994, 504-505; SPICQ 1978a, 878-880; →NIDNTT; TWNT -
53 παρά
πᾰρά [pron. full] [ρᾰ], [dialect] Ep. and Lyr. also [full] παραί: shortd. [full] πάρ, in Hom., Lyr. (but rarely in Trag., in lyr. passages, A.Supp. 553, S.Tr. 636), and in all dial ects exc. [dialect] Att., GDI5434.8 ([place name] Paros), IG5(2).3.14 (Tegea, iv B. C.), Inscr.Magn.26.28 (Thess.), etc.:—Prep. c. gen., dat., and acc., prop.A beside: hence,A WITH GEN. prop. denoting motion from the side of, from beside, from:I of Place,πὰρ νηῶν ἔλθωμεν Il.13.744
;παρὰ ναῦφιν ἐλευσόμεθ' 12.225
, etc.;παρ' Ὠκεανοῖο ῥοάων.. ἐπερχομένη Od.22.197
;πὰρ νηῶν ἀπώσεται Il.8.533
, etc.;δῶρα π. νηὸς ἐνεικέμεν 19.194
;φάσγανον ὀξὺ ἐρυσσάμενος π. μηροῦ 1.190
, cf. 21.173;σπασσάμενος.. ἄορ παχέος π. μηροῦ 16.473
; πλευρὰ παρ' ἀσπίδος ἐξεφαάνθη was exposed beside the shield, 4.468, cf. A.Th. 624.II commonly of Persons,1 with Verbs of going or coming, bringing, etc.,ἦλθε.. πὰρ Διός Il.2.787
;παρ' Αἰήταο πλέουσα Od.12.70
, etc.;ἀγγελίη ἥκει π. βασιλέος Hdt.8.140
.ά; αὐτομολήσαντες π. βασιλέως X.An.1.7.13
;ἐξεληλυθὼς παρ' Ἀριστάρχου D.21.117
; ὁ π. τινὸς ἥκων his messenger, X.Cyr.4.5.53; soοἱ π. τινός Th.7.10
, Ev.Marc.3.21, etc.;ὅστις ἀφικνεῖτο τῶν π. βασιλέως πρὸς αὐτόν X.An.1.1.5
, etc.; τεύχεα καλὰ φέρουσα παρ' Ἡφαίστοιο from his workshop, Il.18.137, cf. 617, etc.;ἀπαγγέλλειν τι π. τινός X.An.2.1.20
;σὺ δὲ οἰμώζειν αὐτοῖς παρ' ἐμοῦ λέγε Luc.DMort.1.2
.2 issuing from a person, γίγνεσθαι π. τινός to be born from, Pl.Smp. 179b; λόγος (sc. ἐστί) π. Ἀθηναίων c. acc. et inf., Hdt.8.55: freq. following a Noun, δόξα ἡ π. τῶν ἀνθρώπων glory from (given by) men, Pl.Phdr. 232a; ἡ π. τινὸς εὔνοια the favour from, i. e. of, any one, X.Mem.2.2.12; τὸ παρ' ἐμοῦ ἀδίκημα done by me, Id.Cyr.5.5.13; τὰ π. τινός all that issues from any one, as commands, commissions, Id.An.2.3.4, etc.; or promises, gifts, presents, Id.Mem.3.11.13; τὰ παρ' ἐμοῦ my opinions, Pl.Smp. 219a; παρ' ἑωυτοῦ διδούς giving from oneself, i. e. from one's own means, Hdt. 2.129, 8.5;παρ' ἑαυτοῦ προσετίθει X.HG6.1.3
; νόμον θὲς παρ' ἐμοῦ by my advice, Pl.Prt. 322d; αὐτοὶ παρ' αὑτῶν of themselves, Id.Tht. 150d, cf. Phdr. 235c.3 with Verbs of receiving, obtaining, and the like ,τυχεῖν τινος π. τινός Od.6.290
, 15.158;πὰρ δ' ἄρα μιν Ταφίων πρίατο 14.452
;ἀρέομαι πὰρ μὲν Σαλαμῖνος Ἀθαναίων χάριν Pi.P.1.76
;εὑρέσθαι τι π. τῶν θεῶν Isoc.9.14
, cf. IG12.40.10; δέχεσθαι, λαμβάνειν, ἁρπάζειν π. τινός, Th.1.20, X.Oec.9.11, Hes.Th. 914; ἀντιάσαι, αἰτήσασθαι π. τινός, S.El. 870 (lyr.), X.HG3.1.4;ἀξιοῖ π. τοῦ ἰατροῦ φάρμακον πιὼν ἐξεμέσαι τὸ νόσημα Pl.R. 406d
;κόσμος τοῖς πράξασι γίγνεται π. τῶν ἀκουσάντων Id.Mx. 236e
: without Verb,ὁ καρπὸς ὁ π. τῶν δημάρχων IG12.76.27
: with Verbs of learning, etc.,μεμαθηκέναι π. τινῶν Hdt.2.104
, etc.4 with [voice] Pass. Verbs,πὰρ Διὸς.. μῆνις ἐτύχθη Il.15.122
;π. θεῶν ἡ τοιαύτη μανία δίδοται Pl.Phdr. 245c
, etc.; τὰ π. τῶν θεῶν σημαινόμενα, συμβουλευόμενα, X.Cyr.1.6.2; τὰ π. τινὸς λεγόμενα ib.6.1.42; τὰ π. τῆς τύχης δωρηθέντα the presents of.., Isoc.4.26;με π. σοῦ σοφίας πληρωθήσεσθαι Pl.Smp. 175e
.III rarely for παρά c. dat., by, near,πὰρ ποδός Pi.P.10.62
, 3.60; παρὰ δὲ κυανέων πελαγέων dub. l. in S.Ant. 966 (lyr.);τὸν Ῥειτὸν τὸν παρὰ τοῦ ἄστεως IG12.81.5
; πολλοὶ παρ' ἀμφοτέρων ἔπιπτον, = ἀμφοτέρωθεν, D.S.19.42.B WITH DAT. denoting rest by the side of any person or thing, answering the question where?I of Places, κατ' ἂρ ἕζετ'.. πὰρ πυρί, ἔκειτο π. σηκῷ, Od.7.154, 9.319;νέμονται π. πέτρῃ 13.408
;ἑσταότες παρ ὄχεσφιν Il.8.565
; πὰρ ποσὶ μαρναμένων ἐκυλίνδετο at their feet, 14.411, etc.; π. θύρῃσι at the door, 7.346;π. ῥηγμῖνι θαλάσσης 2.773
;δεῖπνον.. εἵλοντο παρ' ὄχθῃσιν ποταμοῖο Od.6.97
, cf. Il.4.475, 20.53, etc.;κεῖσθαι παρ' Ἅιδῃ S.OT 972
; παρ' οἴνῳ over wine, ib. 780, etc.II of persons, beside,πὰρ δὲ οἷ αὐτῷ εἷσε Θεοκλύμενον Od.15.285
;κεῖτο παρὰ μνηστῇ ἀλόχῳ Il.9.556
, cf. 6.246, etc.;παρ' ἀνδράσιν εὐνάζεσθαι Od.5.119
;δαίνυσθαι π. τινί 8.243
; πὰρ δέ οἱ ἑστήκει stood by him, Il.4.367.2 at one's house or place, with one,μένειν π. τισί 9.427
;θητευέμεν ἄλλῳ, ἀνδρὶ παρ' ἀκλήρῳ Od.11.490
;φιλέεσθαι π. τινί Il.13.627
; παρ' ἑωυτοῖσι at their own house, Hdt.1.105, cf. 86;παιδευθῆναι π. τινί X.Cyr.1.2.15
;καταλύειν π. τινί D.18.82
(butπαρά τινα καταλῦσαι Th.1.136
), etc.: hence οἱ παρ' ἐμοί those of my household, X.Mem.2.7.4, etc.; τὰ παρ' ἐμοί life with me, Id.An. 1.7.4; οἱ παρ' ἡμῖν ἄνθρωποι our people, Pl.Phd. 64b; ἡ παρ' ἡμῖν πολιτεία, ὁ παρ' ὑμῖν δῆμος, D.15.19; ὁ παρ' αὑτῷ βίοτος one's own life, S.OT 612;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν πῦρ Pl.Phlb. 29f
; ;τὸ παρ' ἡμῖν σῶμα Pl.Phlb. 29f
; also, in one's hands,τὰ π. τοῖς Ἑλληνοταμίαις ὄντα IG12.91.6
;ἔχειν παρ' ἑωυτῷ Hdt. 1.130
, etc.; οὔπω παρ' ἐμοὶ τότ' ἦν λέγειν I had no right to speak then, Men.Epit.98.3 before, in the presence of,ἤειδε π. μνηστῆρσιν Od. 1.154
; before a judge,δίκας γίγνεσθαι π. τῷ πολεμάρχῳ IG12.16.9
;π. Δαρείῳ κριτῇ Hdt.3.160
;π. τῷ βασιλέϊ Id.4.65
;παρὰ δικασταῖς Th. 1.73
;εἰς κρίσιν καθιστάναι τινὰ π. τισί D.18.13
: hence παρ' ἐμοί in my judgement, Hdt.1.32, cf. S.Tr. 589, E.Heracl. 881, 1 Ep.Cor.3.19; π. τούτῳ μέγα δυνήσεται with him, Pl.Grg. 510e.4 in quoting authors, παρ' Ἐφόρῳ, παρ' Αἰσχίνῃ, π. Θουκυδίδῃ, in Ephorus, etc., Plb. 9.2.4, D.H.Comp.9,18.III Arc., = π. c. gen., from,καθὰ εἶχον τὰς ἰντολὰς π. τᾷ ἰδίᾳ πόλι SIG559.9
(Megalop., iii B. C.), cf. 558.10 (Ithaca, iii B. C.).C WITH ACCUS. in three main senses,I beside, near, by,II along,III past, beyond.I beside, near, by:1 with Verbs of coming, going, etc., to the side of, to,ἴτην π. νῆας Il.1.347
, cf. 8.220, etc.;βῆ.. π. θῖνα 1.34
, cf. 327, etc.; τρέψας πὰρ ποταμόν to the side of.., 21.603, cf. 3.187: more freq. of persons, εἶμι παρ' Ἥφαιστον to the chamber of H., 18.143, cf. Od.1.285, etc.;ἐσιόντες π. τοὺς φίλους Th.2.51
, etc.;φοιτᾶν π. τὸν Σωκράτη Pl.Phd. 59d
; πέμπειν ἀγγέλους, πρέσβεις π. τινά, Hdt. 1.141, Th.1.58, etc.;ἄγειν π. τινά Hdt.1.86
;καταφυγὴ π. φίλων τινάς Th.2.17
.2 with Verbs of rest, beside, near, by, sts. with ref. to past motion (expressed in such phrases asἧσο παρ' αὐτὸν ἰοῦσα Il.3.406
, cf. 11.577), , cf. 13.372; κεῖται ποταμοῖο παρ' ὄχθας lies stretched beside.., Il.4.487, cf. 12.381; παρ' ἔμ' ἵστασο come and stand by me, 11.314, cf. 592, 20.49, etc.;π. πυθμέν' ἐλαίης θῆκαν Od.13.122
;καταθέτω π. τὰ ἴκρια IG12.94.28
; κοιμήσαντο π. πρυμνήσια they lay down by.., Od.12.32, cf. 3.460;ὁ παρ' ἐμὲ καθήμενος Pl.Euthd. 271b
, cf. Phd. 89b; ἐκάθητο π. τὴν πύλην, π. τὴν ὁδόν, LXX Ge.19.1, Ev.Marc. 10.46;παρ' αὐτὸν τὸν καλέσαντα κατακείμενος δειπνῆσαι Thphr.Char. 21.2
, cf. Pl.Smp. 175c;ἐκαθέζετο π. τὸν Λύσιν Id.Ly. 211a
, cf. R. 328c;στὰς παρ' αὐτόν Id.Phd. 116c
;τέμενος νεμόμεσθα.. παρ' ὄχθας Il.12.313
, cf. 6.34, IG12.943.45;τοῦ Εὐρίπου, παρ' ὃν ᾤκει Aeschin.3.90
;κατελείφθη π. τὸν νηόν Hdt.4.87
;τὴν παρ' ἐμὲ ἐοῦσαν δύναμιν Id.8.140
.ά (v.l. ἐμοί); εἶπεν αὐτῷ μένειν παρ' ἑαυτόν X.Cyr.1.4.18
, cf. An.1.9.31, Ar.Fr. 451, Is.8.16, Alex.248, Demetr.Com. Nov.1.5, IG22.654.23 (iii B. C.), Plb.3.26.1, 11.14.3, 28.14.3;ἡ π. θάλασσαν Μακεδονία Th.2.99
, cf. S.El. 184 (lyr.), Tr. 636 (lyr.);Καρβασυανδῆς π. Καῦνον IG12.204.52
;τὸ κουρεῖον τὸ π. τοὺς Ἑρμᾶς Lys.23.3
, cf. And.1.62, Is.6.20, 8.35, Aeschin. 1.182, 3.88, Lycurg.112; (1).109 iii 146 (Epid.); παρ' ὄμμα before one's eyes, E.Supp. 484; π. πόδας on the spot, Phld.Ir.p.78 W., Rh.2.2 S.; immediately thereafter, Plb.1.7.5, 1.8.2, al.b [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Boeot., and Thess., = supr. B. 11.2, at the house of.., with a person, IG7.3171.7 (Orchom. [dialect] Boeot.), GDI 1717 (Delph.); παρ' ἁμὲ πολυτίματος [ὁ σῖτος] Ar.Ach. 759 (Megar.);τοῖς κατοικέντεσσι πὰρ ἀμμέ IG9(2).517.18
(Larissa, iii B. C.); τοῖ πὰρ ἀμμὲ πολιτεύματος ib.13;πεπολιτευκὼρ πὰρ ἁμέ Schwyzer 425.5
(Elis, iii/ii B. C.): so in [dialect] Att., θέμενος π. γυναῖκας depositing with.., Pl. R. 465c.3 with Verbs of striking, wounding, etc.,βάλε στῆθος π. μαζόν Il.4.480
, etc.;τὸν δ' ἕτερον.. κληῗδα παρ' ὦμον πλῆξε 5.146
;τύψε κατὰ κληῗδα παρ' αὐχένα 21.117
, cf. 4.525, 8.325, etc.; , cf. 17.310; δησάμενος τελαμῶνι π. σφυρόν ib. 290.4 with Verbs of placing, examining, etc., side by side with..,ὁ ἔλεγχος π. τὸν ἔλεγχον παραβαλλόμενος Pl.Grg. 475e
, cf. Hp.Mi. 369c, Smp. 214c, R. 348a; ;ἄλλα παρ' ἄλλατιθέμενα.. τῶν χρωμάτων Arist.Mete. 375a24
.b Geom., παραβάλλειν π. apply an area to (i. e. along) a finite straight line, Euc.1.44, Archim.Aequil.2.1;π. τὴν δοθεῖσαν αὐτοῦ γραμμὴν παρατείναντα Pl. Men. 87a
; ἡ [εὐθεῖα] παρ' ἣν δύνανται αἱ καταγόμεναι τεταγμένως the line to which are applied the squares of the or dinates, etc., Apollon. Perg.Con.1.11: hence,c Arith., παραβάλλειν τι π. τι divide by.. (v.παραβάλλω A.
VII. 2);μερίζω τι π. τι Dioph.4.33
; ἐπὶ γ π. ί multiply by 3 and divide by 10, PLond.5.1718.2 (vi A. D.).5 Geom., parallel to.., Democr.155, Arist. Top. 158b31, Archim.Sph. Cyl.1.12, al.6 metaph. in Gramm., like, as a parody of.., π. τὸ Σοφόκλειον, π. τὰ ἐν Τεύκρῳ Σοφοκλέους, Sch.Ar.Av. 1240, Nu. 584.b Gramm., of words which differ as compared with other words, π. τὸ τοῦ ἔρωτος ὄνομα σμικρὸν παρηγμένον ἐστίν.. [τὸ ἥρως] Pl.Cra. 398d, cf. 399a, Lg. 654a: hence, derived from.., π. τὸ ἔδαφος, δάπεδον, A.D. Pron.31.16; π. τὸ δρῶ δρᾶμα Sch.A.R.2.624;σύγκειται [τὸ αὐθέντης] π. τὸ εἷναι.. καὶ π. τὸ αὐτός Phryn.PSp.24
B.7 generally, of Comparison, alongside of, compared with, usu. implying superiority,δοκέοντες π. ταῦτα οὐδ' ἂν τοὺς σοφωτάτους ἀνθρώπων Αἰγυπτίους οὐδὲν ἐπεξευρεῖν Hdt.2.160
, cf. 7.20, 103;ἡλίου ἐκλείψεις αἳ πυκνότεραι π. τὰ ἐκ τοῦ πρὶν χρόνου μνημονευόμενα ξυνέβησαν Th.1.23
, cf. 4.6;τῶν ἁπάντων ἀπερίοπτοί εἰσι π. τὸ νικᾶν Id.1.41
;π. τὰ ἄλλα ζῷα ὥσπερ θεοὶ ἄνθρωποι βιοτεύουσι X.Mem.1.4.14
;φαίνεται π. τὸ ἀλγεινὸν ἡδὺ καὶ π. τὸ ἡδὺ ἀλγεινὸν ἡ ἡσυχία Pl.R. 584a
, cf. Phdr. 236d, La. 183c, al.;εὐδαίμων μᾶλλον π. πάντας BCH26.332
([place name] Halae);προετέρει π. πάντας PSI 4.422.34
(iii B. C.): sts. implying inferiority or defect, ἠλάττωσας αὐτὸν βραχύ τι παρ' ἀγγέλους a little lower than the angels, LXX Ps. 8.6; μιᾷ ἡμέρᾳ ὑστεροῦσι π. τὸν ἥλιον lag one day behind the sun, Gem.8.19; so perh. παρ' αὐτόν, ὑπὲρ αὐτόν (has passed the ball?) short of him, beyond him, Antiph.234; μέγα τοι ἡμέρα παρ' ἡμέραν γιγνομένη γνώμην ἐξ ὀργῆς μεταστῆσαι one day compared with another is important.., a day's delay makes a difference, Antipho 5.72; τί γὰρ παρ' ἦμαρ ἡμέρα τέρπειν ἔχει προσθεῖσα κἀναθεῖσα τοῦ γε κατθανεῖν; what joy has one day compared with another to offer, since it only brings us nearer to, or farther from, death (which is neither good nor evil)? S.Aj. 475; ὃς μὲν κρίνει (prefers) ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν, ὃς δὲ κρίνει (approves)πᾶσαν ἡμέραν Ep.Rom.14.5
.8 with Verbs of estimating, to set at so and so much, hence π. = equivalent to.., ταρβῶ μὴ.. θῆται παρ' οὐδὲν τὰς ἐμὰς ἐπιστολάς set at nought, E.IT 732, cf. A. Ag. 229 (lyr.);παρ' οὐδὲν ἄγειν S.Ant.35
; π. μικρὸν ἡγεῖσθαι or ποιεῖσθαί τι hold of small account, Isoc.5.79, D.61.51;παρ' ὀλίγον ποιεῖσθαί τινα X.An.6.6.11
; so with εἶναι, etc., παρ' οὐδέν ἐστι are as nothing, S.OT 983, cf. Ant. 466; ;οὐ π. μέγα ἔσεσθαι τὸ πταῖσμα Arr.An.1.18.6
; so perh. π. σμικρὰ κεχώρηκε have turned out of little account, have amounted to little, Hdt.1.120.b in Accountancy, without a verb, π. τὴν καταλλαγήν on account of κ., PHib.1.100.4 (iii B. C.).9 of correspondence, ὀφείλειν στατῆρα π. στατῆρα stater for stater (one to each of two creditors), BCH50.214 (Thasos, v B. C.);πληγὴν π. πληγὴν ἑκάτερον Ar.Ra. 643
; συνεῖναι ἑκατέρῳ ἡμέραν παρ' ἡμέραν stayed day for day with each, D.59.46; hence of alternation, ποιεῖσθαι ἁγνείας καὶ θυσίας δύο π. δύο, of four priests acting two and two alternately, BGU1198.12 (i B. C.); τοῦ καθημερινοῦ ἢ μίαν π. μίαν (sc. ἡμέραν) [πυρετοῦ] quotidian or tertian fever, ib.956.3 (iii A. D.): sts. without doubling of the Noun, παρ' ἡμέρην, opp. καθ' ἡμέρην, tertian, opp. quotidian, Hp.Aph.1.12; καθ' ἡμέραν, παρ' ἡμέραν, π. δύο, π. τρεῖς every day, every second day, every third (fourth) day, Arr.Epict.2.18.13; π. μίαν every second day, Plb.3.110.4; παρ' ἐνιαυτόν every second year, Plu.Cleom.15; παρ' ἔτος year and year about, Arist.GA 757a7; every second year, Paus.8.15.2; π. μέρος by turns (v. μέρος II. 2);ὁ ἀνὰ μέρος παρ' ἓξ μῆνας ὑπὲρ γῆν τε καὶ ὑπὸ γῆν γινόμενος Ἄδωνις Corn. ND28
; π. μῆνα τρίτον every third month, Arist.HA 582b4, cf. Plu.2.942e; but π. τρία [ἔτεα] prob. every fourth year, IG5(2).422 ([place name] Phigalea), cf. Arr.Epict. l.c.; ἕνα παρ' ἕνα παραλειπτέον every second one, Nicom.Ar.1.18; ἕνα π. δύο ([etym.] τρεῖς) every third (fourth) one, ibid.; παρὰ δ' ἄλλαν ἄλλα μοῖρα διώκει now one now another, E.Heracl. 611.10 precisely at the moment of, παρ' αὐτὰ τἀδικήματα flagrante delicto, D.18.13, 21.26;ἀποδώσω π. τὸν εὔθυνον τὸ καθῆκον IG12.188.31
; π. τοιοῦτον καιρόν, π. τὰς χρείας, D.20.41,46; π. τὰ δεινά in the midst of danger, Plu.Ant.63;π. τὴν πρώτην γένεσιν Jul.Or.1.10b
; π. τὴν πρώτην (sc. ἐπίθεσιν) at the first attack, Hld.9.2;π. γε τὴν πρώτην ὁρμήν Ael.NA14.10
.b distributively, whether of Time, π. τὰ ἑβδομήκοντα ἔτεα in each complete period of seventy years, Hdt.1.32;ἐν ταῖς ὁδοιπορίαις π. στάδια διακόσια.. τοῖς ἑκατὸν σταδίοις διήνεγκαν ἀλλήλων X.Oec.20.18
; πὰρ Ϝέτος each year, every year, Tab.Heracl. 1.101;π. τὸν ἐνιαυτὸν ἕκαστον IG12(7).5.14
([place name] Amorgos); παρ' ἆμάρ τε καὶ νύκτα day and night, B.Fr.7; or more generally, πὰρ τὰν ἐλαίαν in respect of each olive plant, Tab.Heracl.1.122; παρ' ἡμέραν αἱ ἀμίαι πολὺ ἐπιδήλως αὐξάνονται from day to day, per day, Arist.HA 571a21;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην βάσιν γινόμενον μικρὸν πολὺ γίνεται π. πολλάς Id.Pr. 881b26
;ἡ παρ' ἡμέραν χάρις D.8.70
;τὸ παρ' ἑκάστην ἡμέραν ἡδύ Pl. Lg. 705a
.c παρ' ἆμαρ on (this) day, to-day, τὸ μὲν πὰρ ἆμαρ, τὸ δέ .. to-day and to-morrow, Pi.P.11.63; but παρ' ἦμαρ to-morrow, S. OC 1455 (lyr.).d throughout a period of time,π. τὴν ζόην Hdt. 7.46
;π. τὸν βίον ἅπαντα Pl.Lg. 733a
;π. πάντα τὸν χρόνον D.18.10
; also more loosely, during, π. τὴν πόσιν while they were drinking, Hdt.2.121.δ; π. τὸν πότον Aeschin.2.156
;π. τὴν κύλικα Plu.Ant.24
; π. δεῖπνον or π. τὸ δεῖπνον, Id.2.737a,674f.II along,ὄνος παρ' ἄρουραν ἰών Il.11.558
;βῆ δὲ θέειν π. τεῖχος 12.352
;π. ῥόον Ὠκεανοῖο ᾔομεν Od. 11.21
;ἔπλεον π. τὴν ἤπειρον Hdt.7.193
;π. πᾶσαν τὴν ὁδόν Isoc.4.148
; ὀρθὴν παρ' οἶμον.. τύμβον κατόψει straight along the road, E.Alc. 835;παρ' ὅλην τὴν φάραγγα Plb.10.30.3
; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χαράδραν παραπορευομένων ib.9; for παραβάλλειν π., v. supr. c. 1.4b.2 strictly according to, without deviating from,εἶμι π. στάθμην ὀρθὴν ὁδόν Thgn. 945
, cf. S.Fr.474.5; ὠμοί τε δούλοις πάντα καὶ π. στάθμην, i.e. too strict, A.Ag. 1045; π. τὸν λόγον ὃν ἀποφέρουσιν.. ἐπιδείξω I will prove to you strictly according to the accounts which they themselves submit, D.27.34.III past, beyond,παρὰ σκοπιὴν καὶ ἐρινεὸν ἠνεμόεντα.. ἐσσεύοντο Il.22.145
, cf. Od.3.172, 24.12;βῆ δὲ π. Κρουνούς h.Ap. 425
; π. τὴν Βαβυλῶνα παριέναι pass by Babylon, X.Cyr.5.2.29; παρ' αὐτὴν τὴν χύτραν ἄκραν ὁρῶντες looking over the edge of.., Ar.Av. 390.2 metaph., over and above, in addition to,οὐκ ἔστι π. ταῦτ' ἄλλα Id.Nu. 698
;π. ταῦτα πάντα ἕτερόν τι Pl.Phd. 74a
, cf.R. 337d, D.18.139, X.HG 1.5.5; ἑκὼν ἐπόνει π. τοὺς ἄλλους more than the others, Id.Ages.5.3, cf. Mem.4.4.1, Oec.20.16;ἃ τῷ ῥαψῳδῷ προσήκει καὶ σκοπεῖσθαι καὶ διακρίνειν π. τοὺς ἄλλους ἀνθρώπους Pl. Ion 539e
.3 metaph., in excess over, πὰρ δύναμιν beyond one's strength, Il.13.787, cf. Th.1.70, Hyp.Lyc.16, Arist.Rh.Al. 1423b29;π. τὴν δ. Id.Po. 1451b38
.4 metaph., in transgression or violation of,π. μοῖραν Od.14.509
;π. μοῖραν Δίος Alc.Supp. 14.10
; παρ' αἶσαν, παρὰ δίκαν, Pi.P.8.13, O.2.16, etc.;π. τὸ δίκαιον Th.5.90
, etc.; π. τὰς σπονδάς, τὸν νόμον, Id.1.67, X.HG1.7.14;π. φύσιν Th.6.17
, cf. Pl.Lg. 747b; π. τὴν στήλην prob. in IG12.45.20; π. καιρόν out of season, Pi.O.8.24, etc.; π. γνώμαν ib.12.10, cf. A.Supp. 454; π. δόξαν, π. τὸ δοκοῦν ἡμῖν, π. λόγον, Th.3.93, 1.84, Plb.2.38.5; παρ' ἐλπίδα or ἐλπίδας, A.Ag. 899, S.Ant. 392, etc.; πὰρ μέλος out of tune, Pi.N.7.69;π. τὴν ἀξίαν Th.7.77
, etc.; π. τὸ εἰωθός, τὸ καθεστηκός, Id.4.17, 1.98.5 π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, = παρῆλθε τοσοῦτον κινδύνου, passed over so much ground within the sphere of danger, i.e. incurred such imminent peril, Id.3.49, cf. 7.2; in such phrases the tmesis was forgotten, and the acc. came to be governed by παρά, which thus came to mean 'by such and such a margin', ' with so much to spare', ἐνίκησαν π. πολύ, ἡσσηθέντες π. πολύ, Id.1.29, 2.89, cf. Pl. Ap. 36a; παρὰ δ' ὀλίγον ἀπέφυγες only just, E.IT 870 (lyr.); ; δεινότατον π. πολύ by far, Ar.Pl. 445; παρ' ὅσον quatenus, Luc.Nec.17, etc.; π. δύο ψήφους ἀπέφυγε by two votes, Hyp.Eux.28, cf. D.23.205;π. τέτταρας ψήφους μετέσχε τῆς πόλεως Is.3.37
; π. τοσοῦτον ἐγένετο αὐτῷ μὴ περιπεσεῖν by so much (= little) he missed falling in with.., Th.8.33; π. πέντε ναῦς πλέον ἀνδρὶ ἑκάστῳ ἢ τρεῖς ὀβολοὶ ὡμολογήθησαν ib.29; οὐ π. μικρὸν ἐποίησαν they made no little difference, Isoc.4.59.b in phrases like π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε κινδύνου, τοσοῦτον was sts. understood of the interval from danger, etc., and παρά came to mean 'by so much short of' (τὸ π. μικρὸν ὥσπερ οὐδὲν ἀπέχειν δοκεῖ Arist.Ph. 197a29
), within such and such a distance of, so near to, τὴν Ἠϊόνα π. νύκτα ἐγένετο (sc. αὐτῷ) λαβεῖν he was within one night of taking E., Th.4.106; π. μικρὸν ἦλθον ἀποθανεῖν I came within a little of.., Isoc. 19.22, cf. Plb.1.43.7, Plu. Caes. 39; παρ' ἐλάχιστον ἦλθε.. ἀφελέσθαι was within an ace of taking away, Th.8.76; παρ' οὐδὲν μὲν ἦλθον ἀποκτεῖναι (were within a mere nothing, within an ace of killing him),ἐξεκήρυξαν δ' ἐκ πόλεως Aeschin. 3.258
, cf. Plu.Pyrrh. 14, Alex.62; π. τοσοῦτον ἦλθε διαφυγεῖν so near he came to escaping, Luc.Cat.4; ;παρ' οὐδὲν ἐλθόντες τοῦ ἀποβαλεῖν Plb.1.45.14
, cf. 2.55.4, D.S.17.42: hence without ἐγένετο or ἐλθεῖν, π. μίαν μονάδα (less) by one, i.e. less one, Nicom.Ar.1.8; τεσσαράκοντα π. μίαν, = 39, 2 Ep.Cor.11.24; παρ' ἕνα τοσοῦτοι the same number less one, Plu. Publ.9; σύ μοι παρ' ἕνα ἥκεις ἄγων you have brought me one too few, Luc.Cat.4;δύναται π. δύο συλλαβὰς εἶναι τὸ καταληκτόν Heph.4.2
; τὰ ὁλοκόττινα ηὑρέθησαν π. ἑπτὰ κεράτια seven carats short, PMasp.70.2 (vi A. D.); πάντες παρ' ἕνα, πάντες παρ' ὀλίγους, all save one (a few), Plu.Cat.Mi.20, Ant.5;ἔτη δύο π. ἡμέρας δύο IG5(1).801
([place name] Laconia); of one Μάρκος, θηρίον εἶ π. γράμμα you are a bear ([etym.] ἄρκος) all but a letter, AP11.231 (Ammian.); ὡς π. τι καὶ τὰς ὄψεις ἀφανίσαι so that he all but (lit. less something) lost his sight, Vett.Val.228.6; π. τι βυθίζεσθαι v.l. in Ev.Luc.5.7; τὸ π. τοῦτο the figure less that, i.e. the remainder or difference, PTeb.99.10 (ii B. C.), cf. POxy.264.4 (i A. D.), PAmh.2.148.5 (v A. D.); hence of any difference whether of excess or defect, οὐδὲν π. τοῦτο ποιούμενοι τοὺς.. Λευκανούς τε καὶ τοὺς.. Σαυνίτας making no difference between.., Str.6.1.3, cf. 14.5.11, Plu.2.24c.6 hence of the margin by which anything increases or decreases, and so of the cause according to which anything comes into existence or varies,τὸ εὖ π. μικρὸν διὰ πολλῶν ἀριθμῶν γίνεται Polyclit.2
(cf. μικρός III. 5 c); διαφέρει π. τὰς τῶν παθημάτων ἐναντιώσεις according to.., Arist.HA 486b5;μεταπίπτει π. τὰ κλίματα Gem. 5.29
, cf. 11.5, al.; π. τὰ πράγματα cj. in Apollod.Car.11.7 more generally of the margin by which an event occurs, i.e. of the necessary and sufficient cause or motive (τὸ μὴ π. τοῦτο γίνεσθαι τότε λέγομεν, ὅταν ἀναιρεθέντος τούτου μηδὲν ἧττον περαίνηται ὁ συλλογισμός Arist.APr. 65b6
, cf. 48a24, al.), κεινὰν π. δίαιταν just for the sake of unsatisfying food, Pi.O.2.65; ἕκαστος οὐ π. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ἀμέλειαν οἴεται βλάψειν each thinks that his own negligence will not suffice to cause injury, Th.1.141, cf. Isoc.3.48; π. τὴν αὑτοῦ ἁμαρτίαν all through his own fault, Antipho 3.4.5, cf. Isoc.6.52, D.4.11, 18.232; πολλὰ.. ἐστιν αἴτια τούτων, καὶ οὐ παρ' ἓν οὐδὲ δύ' εἰς τοῦτο τὰ πράγματ' ἀφῖκται not from one or two causes only, Id.9.2; οὐ π. τοῦτο οὐκ ἔστι it does not follow that it is not.., 1 Ep.Cor.12.15; π. τὸ τὴν ἀρίθμησιν ποιήσασθαι ἐξ ἑτοίμου τοὺς ἐργώνας οὐκ ὀλίγα χρήματα περιεποίησε τῇ πόλει by the simple fact of prompt payment, IPE12.32B35 (Olbia, iii B. C.); , cf. Plb.3.103.2, 18.28.6, al.; οὐδεὶς παρ' ἑαυτόν ἐστι βασιλεύς thanks to himself alone, Aristeas 224;παρ' αὑτὸν ἀτυχεῖ Arr.Epict.3.24.2
, cf. Phld.Rh.2.16 S.;παρ' ἡμᾶς ἡ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἀπόστασις Hierocl. in CA25p.477M.
; εἶναι π. τοῦτο σωτηρίαν τε πόλει καὶ τοὐναντίον, i.e. on this depends.., Pl.Lg. 715d, cf. X.Eq.Mag.1.5, D.C.Fr.36.5;π. μίαν ἡμέραν καὶ ἓν πρᾶγμα καὶ ἀπόλλυται προκοπὴ καὶ σῴζεται Epict.Ench.51.2
; π. τὸ Ἕλληνά με εἶναι just because I am a Greek, UPZ7.13 (ii B. C.);π. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν αὐτὸν αὐτήν LXX Ge.29.20
, cf. Ex.14.11; later more loosely, because of.., Phld.Rh.1.158 S., Gem.6.24, etc.; οὐδὲν π. σὲ γέγονε it is no fault of yours, PRyl.243.6 (ii A. D.), cf. POxy.1420.7 (ii A. D.).8 of a limit of possibility,εἴπερ ἐνεδέχετο π. τοὺς παρόντας καιρούς D.18.239
; πεῖσαι τό γε παρ' αὑτόν to persuade (the judges) so far as in you lies, Arr.Epict.2.2.20; οἴμωζε παρ' ἐμέ as far as I am concerned, for all I care, Ar.Av. 846.D POSITION: παρά may follow its Subst. in all three cases, but then becomes by anastrophe πάρα: when the ult. is elided, the practice varies,τῇσι παρ' Il.18.400
; but Ἡφαίστοιο πάρ' ib. 191.F πάρα (with anastrophe) stands for πάρεστι and πάρεισι, Il.1.174, Hes.Op. 454, A.Pers. 167, Hdt.1.42, al., S.El. 285, Ar.Ach. 862, etc.G IN COMPOS.,I alongside of, beside, of rest, παράκειμαι, παράλληλοι, παρέζομαι, πάρειμι (εἰμί), παρίστημι; of motion, παραπλέω, πάρειμι ([etym.] εἶμι).II to the side of, to, παραδίδωμι, παρέχω.IV metaph.,2 of comparison, as in παραβάλλω, παρατίθημι.3 of alteration or change, as in παραλλάσσω, παραπείθω, παραπλάσσω, παρατεκταίνω, παραυδάω, παράφημι.4 of a side-issue, παραπόλλυμι. (Cogn. with Goth. faúr 'along', Lat. por-.) -
54 θησαυρίζω
+ V 0-1-3-5-6=15 2 Kgs 20,17; Am 3,10; Mi 6,10; Zech 9,3; Ps 38(39),7to store (up), to lay up, to treasure [τι] 2 Kgs 20,17; to lay up treasure [abs.] Ps 38(39),7*Prv 16,27 θησαυρίζει he treasures -צבר for MT צרבת scorching(→ἀποθησαυρίζω,,) -
55 λέγω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
56 λέχω
λέγω =⟩ λέχω (A),λέγω (A),------------------------------------λέγω (B),A pick up, etc.: tenses for signf. 1 and 11, [tense] fut.λέξω Od.24.224
: [tense] aor. :—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. in pass. sense : [tense] aor.ἐλεξάμην Il.21.27
(trans.); [dialect] Ep.ἐλέγμην Od.9.335
;λέκτο 4.451
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] aor.ἐλέχθην Il.3.188
: also post-Hom. in these senses, but only in compos., esp. with ἀπο-, ἐκ-, κατα-, συν-; post-Hom. [tense] pf. εἴλοχα (κατ-, συν-), [voice] Pass. εἴλεγμαι, in these senses rarely λέλεγμαι (v. the compds.); also [tense] fut. λεγήσομαι ( συλ-): [tense] aor. 2 ἐλέγην (κατ-, συν-):—gather, pick up,ὀστέα.. λέγωμεν Il.23.239
, cf. Od.24. 72, Pi.P.8.53; αἱμασιάς τε λέγων picking out stones for building walls, Od.18.359 (ubi v. Sch., cf.λογάς 2
), cf. 24.224:—[voice] Med., gather for oneself,ἐπὶ δὲ ξύλα πολλὰ λέγεσθε Il.8.507
;ὀστέα λευκὰ λέγοντο 24.793
;φάρμακα λέξασθαι A.R.3.807
.2 [voice] Med., choose for oneself, pick out,λέξαιτο.. ἄνδρας ἀρίστους Od.24.108
;κούρους Il.21.27
:—[voice] Pass., to be chosen,εἰ.. λεγοίμεθα πάντες ἄριστοι 13.276
.II count, tell, ἐν δ' ἡμέας λέγε κήτεσιν he counted us among the seals, Od.4.452; and in [tense] aor. [voice] Med., Il.2.125; ἐγὼ πέμπτος μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέγμην I reckoned myself.., Od.9.335; λέκτο δ' ἀριθμόν he told him over the number, 4.451:—[voice] Pass., μετὰ τοῖσιν ἐλέχθην I was counted among these, Il.3.188.b so, but not freq., after Hom.,λ. ποντιᾶν ψάφων ἀριθμόν Pi.O.13.46
, cf. A.Ag. 570;καθ' ἓν ἕκαστον λ. Isoc.2.45
; also καὶ σὲ δ' ἐν τούτοις λέγω count you among.., A.Pr. 973; λ. τινὰ οὐδαμοῦ count him as naught, S.Ant. 183; κέρδος λ., εἰ .. count it gain, that.., ib. 462:—[voice] Med., λέξατο πάντας [ναύτας] Pi.P.4.189:—[voice] Pass.,λέγεσθαι ἐν τοῖς ἱππικωτάτοις X.Oec.11.20
;ἐνὶ πρώτῃσι λέγεσθαι Call.Del.16
: [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, l.c.2 recount, tell over,οὔ τι διαπρήξαιμι λέγων ἐμὰ κήδεα Od.14.197
;σὺ δέ μοι λέγε θέσκελα ἔργα 11.374
;τὰ ἕκαστα λέγων 12.165
; ὅσα τ' αὐτὸς.. ἐμόγησε, πάντ' ἔλεγ' 23.308: so in Trag., λ. τύχας, πάθη, μόχθους, etc., A.Pr. 633, Pers. 292, Ag. 555, etc.; also Ἀγαμέμνονι.. λέγ' ὀνείδεα repeated reproaches against him, Il.2.222; so perh.ψεύδεα πολλὰ λ. Hes.Th.27
(but v. infr. 111):—[voice] Med., τί σε χρὴ ταῦτα λέγεσθαι; why need'st thou tell the tale thereof? Il.13.275; and so, μηκέτι ταῦτα λεγώμεθα νηπύτιοι ὥς ib. 292, cf. Od.3.240, 13.296;μηκέτι νῦν δήθ' αὖθι λεγώμεθα Il.2.435
.III say, speak, first in Hes.Th.27 (v. supr.11.2): [tense] fut.λέξω Emp.38.1
, A.Ag. 859, Hdt.4.14, Th.2.48, Antipho 6.33, etc.: [tense] aor.ἔλεξα Anacr.45
, Pl.Sph. 217e, Antipho 1.15 (rare in Pl. and the Orators, common in some dialects, as Boeotian, IG7.504.2 ([place name] Tanagra), Thessalian, ib.9(2).461.21, Ionic, v.l. in Hp.Aër. 12): [tense] pf.λέλεχα Gal.16.249
, λέλεγα andλέλογας Hsch.
( εἴρηκα in correct writers):—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.λεχθήσομαι Th.5.86
, Pl.Ti. 67c, etc.: also [tense] fut. [voice] Med. in pass. sense, S.OC 1186, E.Hec. 906 (lyr.), etc.; andλελέξομαι Th.3.53
(v.l. λέξεται), Pl.R. 457b: [tense] aor. ἐλέχθην (never ἐλέγην in this sense) S.OT 1442, Th.6.32, etc.: [tense] pf.λέλεγμαι Pi.N.8.20
, Hdt.2.21, S.Ph. 389, etc. ( εἴλεγμαι in this sense only in compd. δι-): rare in compds. (only ἀντιλέγω, ἐπιλέγω, καταλέγω, προλέγω), the [tense] pres. in most compds. being supplied by ἀγορεύω, the [tense] fut. by ἐρῶ, the [tense] aor. by εἶπον, the [tense] pf. by εἴρηκα:1 say, speak, never in Hom., first in Hes. l.c., freq. from Hdt. and Trag. downwds.; of all kinds of oral communications,ἐκέλευε λέγειν εἴ τι θέλοι Hdt.8.58
; so λέγοις ἄν speak, say on, Pl.Plt. 268e, etc.;λ. μῦθον A.Pers. 698
(troch.);ψευδῆ λ. Id.Ag. 625
;ἀληθῆ λ. Pl.Phlb. 12b
(so in [voice] Pass.,λόγος λέλεκται πᾶς S.Ph. 389
); of oracles, say, declare, Hdt.8.136; ὥσπερ τοὔνομα λέγει indicates, Pl. Prt. 312c: with Preps.,λ. ἀμφί τινος A.Th. 1017
, E.Hec. 580;περί τινος Xenoph.34.2
, Democr.165, S.Aj. 151 (anap.), Th.2.48; ὑπέρ τινος in his defence, S.El. 555, X.HG1.7.16; κατά τινος against him, Thgn.1240a, X.HG1.5.2; λ. ἐπί τισι εὐχὰς ἀγαθάς express good wishes for them, A.Supp. 625 (anap.); λ. τά τινος take his part, D.8.64; λ. πρός τι in reference or in answer to.., S.Ant. 753, etc.;εἴς τι X.Mem. 1.5.1
.2 c. acc. et inf., say that.., Pi.P.2.59, etc.: with neg. οὐ, Pl.R. 348c, etc., but μή ib. 346e, X.Smp.4.5 ([voice] Pass.), and usu. in later Gr., LXX Ge.38.22;λ. μὴ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν Ev.Matt.22.23
: freq. also folld. by ὡς, ὅτι (generally so in the [voice] Act. voice) when the subject of the relative clause may become the object of the principal Verb, γυναῖκα λέγουσιν, ὡς κάθηται .. X.Cyr.7.3.5, etc.: rarely c. part., λ. Οἰδίπουν ὀλωλότα speak of him as dead, S.OC 1580;λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας A.Ag. 672
;λέξασ' ἀδελφῷ σ' ἐνθάδ' ὄντα E.Hel. 888
:—[voice] Pass.,λέξεται ἔχων Id.IT 1047
, cf. A.Ag. 170 (cj.).3 λέγειν τινά τι say something of another, esp. κακὰ λ. τινά speak ill of him, revile him, Hdt.8.61;ἀγαθὰ λ. τινάς Ar.Ec. 435
; τὰ ἔσχατα, τὰ ἀπόρρητα λ. ἀλλήλους, X.Mem.2.2.9, D.18.123; also εὖ or κακῶς λ. τινά, A.Ag. 445 (lyr.), S.El. 524, cf. 1028;εὖ λ. τὸν εὖ λέγοντα X.Mem.2.3.8
.4 call by name,ἃς τρέμομεν λ. S.OC 128
(lyr.): c. dupl. acc., call so and so, , cf. S.OC 939 codd., Hdt.1.32, etc.5 λ. τινὰ ποιεῖν τι tell, command one to do, A.Ch. 553, S.Ph. 101, X.Cyr.4.1.22, etc.: so with τινι, S.OC 840, D.19.150 (no obj. expressed in A.Ag. 925, S.OC 856); λέγε τὸν ἐρωτῶντα ἵνα.. εἴπῃ σοι .. Astramps.Orac.p.1 H.;ὡς ὁ νόμος λέγει D.22.20
;ὁ λέγων μὴ μοιχεύειν Ep.Rom.2.22
.6 λ. τι say something, i.e. speak to the point or purpose, βούλῃ λέγειν τι, καὶ λέγων μηδὲν κλύειν; S.Ant. 757; λέγω τι; am I right? the answer being λέγεις, Id.OT 1475;κινδυνεύεις τι λέγειν Pl.Cra. 404a
;ἴσως ἄν τι λέγοις X.Mem.2.1.12
, cf. Cyr.1.4.20; opp. οὐδὲν λέγει has no meaning, no authority,οὐδὲν λ. τὸ σωφρόνως τραφῆναι Ar.Eq. 334
, cf. V.75; οὐδὲν λέγεις nonsense! Id.Th. 625; but οὐδὲν λέγειν, also, say what is not, lie, Id.Av.66, Pl. Ap. 30b; also εὖ γε λέγεις, εὖ λέγεις, εὖ ἂν λέγοις, good news!, that is well!, ib. 24e, Grg. 447b, Prt. 310b; καλῶς, ὀρθῶς λ., you are right, X. Mem.3.3.4, 3.6.8; κοὔπω λέγω and what is more, Herod.7.44; τί λέγεις; τὸν ἔποπα παῖ καλεῖς; Ar.Av.57, cf. Ec. 298 (lyr.).7 pleon.,ἔφη λέγων Hdt.3.156
, 5.36;ἔλεγε φάς Id.1.122
;ἔφασκε λέγων Ar.Av. 472
;ἦ δ' ὃς λέγων Id.V. 795
;ὡς ἔφη λέγων S.Aj. 757
;καὶ λέγων εἶπεν οὕτω πως D.8.74
, etc.8 at the beginning of letters or documents, Ἄμασις Πολυκράτεϊ ὧδε λέγει.., Μαρδόνιος τάδε λέγει .., etc., Hdt.3.40, 8.140. ά, etc.;τὰ γράμματα ἔλεγε τάδε Id.1.124
, etc.; γράμμασι λέγον τάδε, of an inscription, Th.6.54: in roman edicts,Μάρκος Μέττιος Ῥοῦφος.. λέγει POxy. 237 viii 28
(i A.D.).9 wish to say, mean, ; τί τοῦτο λέγει, πρὸ Πύλοιο; what does mean?Ar.
Eq. 1059, cf. 1021, 1375, Ec. 989, Pl. Phd. 60e: freq. in Platonic dialogue, πῶς λέγεις; how do you mean? in what sense do you say this? Ap. 24e, al.; ἢ πῶς λέγομεν; or what do we mean to say? Grg. 480b; πῶς δὴ οὖν αὐτὸ λέγεις; Phdr. 265c; ποῖόν τί ποτε ἄρα λέγοντ ές φασι .. what they can possibly mean by saying.., Tht. 181c, al.: c. dupl. acc., , al.: freq. (esp. in Trag.) to explain more fully, εἴσω κομίζου καὶ σύ, Κασάνδραν λέγω you, I mean Cassandra, A.Ag. 1035;ὁ μάντις, υἱὸν Οἰκλέους λ. Id.Th. 609
, cf. 658 (v.l.), Pr. 946;ποταμός, Ἀχελῷον λέγω S.Tr.9
, cf. 1220, Ph. 1261, E.Ph. 987; ἐμὲ λέγων meaning me, Isoc.12.215;τὸ δ' ὑμεῖς ὅταν λέγω, τὴν πόλιν λ. D.18.88
: sts., however, the word after λέγω is put in appos. with the word to be expld.,Ἀντικλείας.., τῆς σῆς λέγω τοι μητρός A.Fr. 175
, cf. Th. 658 cod. M;περὶ τῶνδε.., λέγω δὲ Φωκέων D.19.152
;παρ' ὧν.., τούτων τῶν τὴν Ἀσίαν οἰκούντων λέγω Id.8.24
, cf. Pl.Smp. 202b: abs.,μηδενὸς ὄντος ἐν [τῇ χώρᾳ] λέγω D.1.27
.b περὶ ἃς (sc. ἀπολαύσεις) λέγομεν τὸν σώφρονα in regard to which we use the term 'temperate', Arist.EN 1148a5, cf. Pl.Grg. 494b.10 ὡς λέγουσι as they say, S.Ant.23, etc.;ὡς λ. μοι Id.OC 1161
:—[voice] Pass., λέγεται it is said, c.acc.et inf., X.Mem.1.2.30, al.; but also πατρὸς λέγεται γενέσθαι .. Id.Cyr.1.2.1; θανεῖν ἐλέχθη he was said to have been killed, S.OT 292; soλεγόμενον ἐρέω Pi.P.5.108
: τὸ λεγόμενον abs., as the saying goes, Th.7.68, cf. Pl.Grg. 447a, Smp. 217e, etc.;τὸ λ. δὴ τοῦτο Id.Grg. 514e
: ὁ λεγόμενος γραῶν ὕθλος the so-called.., Id.Tht. 176b;οἱ λ. αὐτόνομοι εἶναι X.HG6.3.8
; οἱ λ. ὅτι .. of whom it is said that.., Id.Cyr.8.6.16.11 of orators, speak (emphatically),λέγειν δεινός S.OT 545
, X.Cyr.1.5.9, etc.;λέγειν ἠσκηκότες S.Fr. 963
, cf. Eup.95 (v. λαλέω); λ. τε καὶ πράσσειν δυνατώτατος Th.1.139
;οἱ ἐν τῷ πλήθει λέγειν δυνάμενοι Isoc.3.8
, cf. D.19.286; plead one's cause in a court of law, Id.23.78; δίκας λέγειν ὑπέρ τινος speak as an advocate for.., Din.1.111.12 boast of, tell of,τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ῥώμην X.Cyr.1.3.10
; in Poets, sing of,θέλω λ. Ἀτρείδας Anacreont.23.1
.13 recite what is written,λαβὲ τὸ βιβλίον καὶ λέγε Pl.Tht. 143c
; and freq. in Oratt., asλέγε τὸν νόμον D.21.8
and 10, etc.; of lectures,ἀκούσατέ μου σχόλια λέγοντος Arr.Epict.3.21.6
, cf. 15.8 (the sense of Lat. lego, read, occurs only in the compds. ἀναλέγομαι, ἐπιλέγομαι).16 nominate, Lat. dicere [dictatorem], D.C.Fr.36.26 ([voice] Pass.). (Cf. Lat. lègo, legio, legulus ('olivegatherer').) -
57 περιποιέω
A cause to remain over and above, keep safe, preserve, Hdt. 3.36, al., Th.2.25, al., Lys.13.63, etc.; ἐκ κακῶν καὶ πολέμου ὑμᾶς αὐτοὺς π. Id.6.47.2 of money, food, etc., save up, lay by, X.Oec.11.10 ; ἀπ' ὀλίγων ib.2.10 ; τῶν προσόδων part of the revenues, Is.6.38, cf. POxy.2148.17 (i A. D.).4 generally, procure, secure, achieve, lay up,αἰσχύνην τῇ πόλει Isoc.15.301
;π. τῇ πόλει τὰ εἰς τιμὴν ἀνήκοντα Milet.3
No.146.84 (iii B. C.);πολλὰ καὶ μεγάλα τῶν συμφερόντων τῇ πατρίδι IGRom.4.1757
(Sardes, i B. C.);δυναστείας ἑαυτοῖς Aeschin.3.3
([voice] Med.), cf. D.15.11; τὰ πράγματα ἐς ἑαυτοὺς π. get things into their own hands, Th.8.48, cf. Is.7.6.II [voice] Med., keep or save for oneself, [ τὸ παιδίον] Hdt.1.110 (sed leg. - ποιήσῃς) ;ἐλπίδας ἑαυτῷ D.19.240
; compass, acquire, gain possession of, δύναμιν, ἰσχύν, Th.1.9,15 ; ἑαυτῷ ὄνομα καὶ δύναμιν π. X.An.5.6.17, cf. LXX 1 Ma.6.44;παρὰ τοῦ πλήθους δόξαν D.12.19
;αὑτοῖς δυναστείαν Arist. Pol. 1306a24
;πρόβατα PMich.Zen.87.7
(iii B. C.); [ἐκκλησίαν] διὰ τοῦ αἵματος Act.Ap.20.28
; saue,τοσαῦτα ὥστε καὶ πλουτεῖν X.Mem.2.7.3
; Ch.29.3 ; make gain,ἀπό τινος X.Mem.4.2.38
:— [voice] Pass.,χρήματα περιποιηθησόμενα Cod.Just.1.4.26
Intr.2 in sense of [voice] Act. 1.1, freq. in LXX, as Ge.12.12, al.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > περιποιέω
-
58 πιέζω
Aπίεζον Od.12.174
, etc.: [tense] fut.πιέσω Diph.18.3
; [dialect] Ep.πιέσσω Nonn.D.4.146
: [tense] aor.ἐπίεσα Hp.Fract.6
, Hdt.9.63, Th.2.52, etc. (but subj.πιέξῃς Hp.Fract.5
, inf.πιέξαι IG42(1).123.116
(Epid., iv B.C.), part. πιέξας (v.l. πιάξας) Nic.Al. 224): [tense] pf.πεπίεκα Demetr.Lac. Herc.1012.44
:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut.πιεσθήσομαι Gal.11.317
( δια-), Heliod ap. Orib.10.18.15: [tense] aor.ἐπιέσθην Od.8.336
, Sol.13.37, Hdt.4.11, etc.;ἐπιέχθην Hp.Fract.5
, etc.: [tense] pf. , Procl.Hyp.5.49, cj. in Alciphr.3.55. etc.;πεπίεγμαι Hp.Fract.5
.—From [full] πῐεζέω we have πιεζέουσι v.l. in Id.Fract.31 : [tense] impf. πιέζευν v.l. in Od.12.174, 196; part.πιεζεῦντα Hp.Off.25
, Fract.9,πιεζεῦσαν Herod.8.47
:—[voice] Pass., part.πιεζεύμενος Hdt.3.146
, 6.108, 8.142 (always with v.l. - όμενος), Hp.Nat.Puer.21,πιεζούμενος Plb.3.74.2
; imper.πιεζείσθω IG4.364.7
(Corinth, iv A.D.): [tense] impf.ἐπιεζοῦντο Plb.11.33.3
; so in later Gr., as Plu. Thes.6, Alc.2, etc.; [dialect] Dor., [dialect] Aeol., and later Gr. [full] πῐάζω Alcm.44, Alc.148: [tense] aor. 1 , Ev.Jo.8.20;ἐπίαξα Theoc.4.35
, ( ἀμφ- ) Ep..6: [voice] Pass., [tense] fut.πιασθήσομαι LXX Si.23.21
: [tense] aor.ἐπιάσθην Apoc.19.20
: [tense] pf. (i B. C.), Dsc.1.15, Hippiatr.34:—press tight, squeeze,χειρὶ ἑλὼν ἐπίεζε βραχίονα Il.16.510
, cf. Hes.Op. 497; ἀστεμφέως ἐχέμεν μᾶλλόν τε π. Od.4.419; , cf. 164; π. τὰ χείλεα compress them, Hp.VM22; ῥύγχος εἰς ὄξος π. Axionic.8.5 ; π. τοὺς ὑπευθύνους squeezing them (like figs), to try if they are ripe, Ar.Eq. 259 ;σφόδρα π. αὐτοῦ τὸν πόδα Pl. Phd. 117e
;π. [τὴν δεξιὰν] ἐμπαθῶς Plb.31.24.9
: abs., X.Mem.3.10.13, Arist.Rh. 1361b17 :—[voice] Pass., to be pressed tight,ἐν δεσμοῖς Od.8.336
, cf. Hp.Fract.25, al.; of wrestlers, Plu.Alc.2; πιέζεται ὅσα πόρους ἔχει κενούς are compressible, Arist.Mete. 386b1.II press or weigh down, of a heavy weight,Σικελία αὐτοῦ π. στέρνα Pi.P.1.19
, cf. Ar. Pax 1032 :—and in [voice] Pass.,ὁ δ' ὦμος.. πιέζεται Id.Ra.30
, cf. X.Cyr.7.5.11 : metaph., oppress, distress,π. τινὰ ἡ δαπάνη Hdt.5.35
; ; καὶ πρὸς π. χρημάτων ἀχηνία (Abresch for προσπιέζει) ib. 301 ; συμφορὰ δ'ἑτέρους ἑτέρα π. E.Alc. 894 (lyr.);αὐχμὸς π. τὰς ἀμπέλους Ar. Nu. 1120
; π. ἡ ἀνάγκη ib. 437, cf. Th.2.52 :—freq. in [voice] Pass.,ὑπὸ νούσοισι Sol.13.37
;ὑπὸ λιμοῦ Th.1.126
;πολέμῳ Hdt.4.11
, 6.34 ;τῇ νούσῳ Pherecyd.
ap. D.L.1.122, cf. Th.7.47 ;ταῖς εἰσφοραῖς Lys.28.3
;ταῖς συμφοραῖς X.Cyr.7.2.20
;σπάνει σίτου Id.HG5.4.56
, etc.: abs., Hdt.7.121, etc.; of a river, to be exhausted from the heat of the sun, Id.2.25.2 press hard, of a victorious army,τοὺς ἐναντίους Id.9.63
:—[voice] Pass., τὴν πιεζομένην μάλιστα τῶν μοιρέων ib.60;εἴ πῃ πιέζοιντο Th.1.49
, cf. X.HG2.4.34 ; ὑπό τινων ib.7.1.43.3 bear hardly upon, τινα Pl.Cra. 409a;τῷ λόγῳ Plu.Alc.6
;ὑπὸ τῶν ἐλέγχων πιέζεσθαι Phld.D.3.8
; of a point in the argument, hold fast to, Pl.Lg. 965d; press it, Plb.3.21.3, Demetr.Lac. l.c., etc.; lay stress on, Plu.2.31e: c. dat., insist upon,τοῖσι περιπάτοισι Hp.Insomn.88
.b determine precisely,ἀποστήματα Procl.Hyp.5.19
, cf. 49 ([voice] Pass.);π. δεῖ πῶς ἓν ἐκεῖνο καὶ ἕτερον Porph.Sent.36
.III later, lay hold of, ταῦρον.. πιάξας τᾶς ὁπλᾶς by the hoof, Theoc.4.35;αὐτὸν τῆς χειρός Act.Ap.3.7
, cf. Ev.Jo.7.30, etc. -
59 συλλαμβάνω
συλλαμβάνω, [tense] fut. - λήψομαι: [tense] pf. - είληφα, [voice] Pass. - είλημμαι: [tense] aor. συνέλᾰβον, inf. συλλᾰβεῖν:—[voice] Med., [tense] pres. in Philem.53.4: [tense] aor.Aσυνελαβόμην Hdt.3.49
, etc.:—[voice] Pass. (v. infr.; in X.An.7.2.14 συλληφθήσεται has been restored for συλλήψεται):—collect, gather together, esp. rally scattered troops,τῆς στρατιῆς τοὺς περιγενομένους Hdt.5.46
;τὸ στράτευμα X.Cyr.3.3.1
;τὰς δυνάμεις Pl.Grg. 456a
; .2 take with one, carry off, S.Tr. 1153; , cf. AP5.52 (tm., Diosc.); συλλαβὼν θεσπίσματα κεῖται παρ' Ἅιδῃ with all his prophecies, S.OT 971;ἔρρε, τάσδε συλλαβὼν ἀράς Id.OC 1384
; ἔκπλει σεαυτὸν συλλαβὼν ἐκ τῆσδε γῆς pack yourself off, Id.Ph. 577.3 put together, close, τὸ στόμα καὶ τοὺς ὀφθαλμούς (of a corpse) Pl.Phd. 118a; ξ. αὐτοῦ τὸ στόμα shut his mouth, Ar.Ach. 926, cf. Arist.HA 623b2; enclose, ;ξ. καὶ τοὺς τένοντας τοῖσι ἐρίοισι Aret.CA1.6
.b combine in pronunciation, λέγε δὴ μόλωμεν ξυνεχὲς ὡδὶ ξυλλαβών say αὐτὸ μόλωμεν as one word, Ar.Eq.21.4 in speaking, comprehend, comprise,ἑνὶ ἔπεϊ πάντα συλλαβόντα εἰπεῖν Hdt.3.82
;πᾶν.. συλλαβὼν εἴρηκας Id.7.16
.γ; εἰς ἓν πάντα ς. Pl.Sph. 234b, cf. Tht. 147d;τὰ ἄλλα εἰς ταὐτό Id.Plt. 263d
:—[voice] Pass., to be comprehended (logically),μετὰ τοῦ γένους αἱ συλλαμβανόμεναι διαφοραί Arist.Metaph. 1037b31
, cf. 998b28; σὺν τῇ ὕλῃ συνειλημμένος, i.e. concrete, opp. abstract, ib. 1039b21, cf. 1035a25, al.II lay hands on, seize,ὁλκάδας Hdt.6.26
; ;τέττιγα τοῦ πτεροῦ Archil. 143
(loosely paraphrased, cf. Hermes 23.279);τὰ ποτήμενα συλλαβῆν Theoc.29.30
; ξ. τῶν σχοινίων lay hold of them, help to pull, Ar. Pax 437:—[voice] Med., τίς ξυλλάβοιτ' ἂν τοῦ ξύλου; Id.Lys. 313, cf. Pax 465 (lyr.).2 seize the person of.., apprehend, arrest, IG12.39.7, Hdt.2.121.έ, Ar.Ach. 206, Antipho 5.29, And.1.45, PCair.Zen. 15v.44, 202.2 (iii B.C.); συνέλαβον αὐτὸν καὶ ἀπήχθη εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ib.484.21 (iii B.C.); σ. ζῶντα, ὅμηρον, E.Rh. 513, Or. 1189;τινὰ ἐπὶ θανάτῳ Isoc.4.154
; συλλαβόντας αὐτὸν ἴσχειν seize and hold him, IG42(1).122.40 (Epid., iv B.C.):— [voice] Pass., πρὶν ξυλληφθῆναι before they were arrested, Th.1.20, cf. Hdt. 1.80, al., And.1.101, PCair.Zen. 15v.7 (iii B.C.).3 of the mind, grasp the meaning of, comprehend, τὸ χρηστήριον, τὸ ῥηθέν, τὸν λόγον, τὴν φωνήν, Hdt.1.63,91, 2.49, 4.114;παρκείμενον συλλαβὼν τέρας Pi.O.13.73
, cf. Pl.Sph. 218c, etc.IV of females, conceive, Arist.HA 582a19, GA 727b8, Sor.1.28, etc.;ἐν γαστρί Hp.Aph.5.46
;ξυλλαβοῦσα τὴν γονήν Id.Steril.220
; of the womb,σ. τὸ σπέρμα Arist.HA 583b29
, al., cf. Luc.VH1.22: but συνειληφυῖα τοῦ τεκεῖν near to be delivered, LXX 1 Ki.4.19.V take with or besides, take as an assistant, τὴν δίκην ς. E.Fr. 584;ἄτεγκτον σ. καρδίαν Id.HF 833
.VI c. dat. pers., take pert with another, assist him, οὐ τοῖς ἀθύμοις ἡ τύχη ξ. S.Fr. 927, cf. E.Med. 813, Hdt.6.125, etc.; τὰ δυνατὰ τῇ πόλει ξ. Ar.Ec. 861; σ. τισί τι take part with or assist them in a thing, Id.Lys. 540 (lyr.), X.Cyr.7.5.49, etc.;σ. τινί τινος E.Med. 946
, Ar.V. 734 (lyr.);σ. τινί τινι D.18.20
: with a Prep., συνέλαβε γὰρ ἄλλα.. ἐς τὸ πείθεσθαι contributed towards persuading, Hdt.7.6, cf. X.Mem.2.6.28: abs., assist, A.Ch. 812 (lyr.), S.Tr. 1019 (lyr.), Ar.Eq. 229, Th.1.118; δεῖ δὲ ξυλλαμβάνοντα τοὺς θεοὺς ἐπικαλέεσθαι while invoking the gods one must help oneself, Hp.Insomn.87.2 [voice] Med., c.gen.rei, take part in,συνελάβοντο τοῦ στρατεύματος Hdt.3.49
; ; ξυνελάβοντο τοῦ τοιούτου οὐχ ἥκιστα, ὥστε.. especially contributed to this, Th.4.47: c. dat., καιρῷ χειμῶνος συλλαβέσθαι κυβερνητικήν intervene in a storm together with circumstance, Pl.Lg. 709c: sts. in tmesi,ξύμ μοι λάβεσθε τοῦ μύθου Id.Phdr. 237a
, cf. AP9.559 (Crin.).Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συλλαμβάνω
-
60 ἀμφισβητέω
ἀμφισ-βητέω, [tense] impf. ἠμφεσβήτουν: [tense] fut. - ήσω: [tense] aor. ἠμφεσβήτησα:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. of med. formA : [tense] aor.ἠμφεσβητήθην Id.Plt. 276b
, al., Is.8.44:—[dialect] Ion. [full] ἀμφισβᾰτέω twice in Hdt. (v. infr.), SIG279.18 ([place name] Zelea): [tense] impf.ἀμφεσβάτει Inscr.Prien.37.99
; also [dialect] Aeol. [tense] pf. part. [voice] Pass.ἀμφισβατημένος IG12(2).6.25
([place name] Mytilene): (v. βαίνω):—lit. go asunder, stand apart: hence, disagree with, .b abs., disagree, dispute, wrangle, Id.4.14, etc.:περί τινος And.1.27
, Isoc.4.19, Pl.Prt. 337a;ὑπέρ τινος Antipho3.4.3
:πρός τινα 3.1.1
; οἱἀμφισβητοῦντες the parties, in a law-suit, Arist.Rh. 1354a31.2 c. dat. pers., dispute or argue with a person, Pl.Phdr. 263a,al.;τινὶ περί τινος Id.Plt. 268a
.3 c. gen. rei, dispute for or about a thing,τοῦ σίτου τοῦ ἡμετέρου D.32.9
; lay claim to,τῆς ἡγεμονίας Isoc.4.20
; τῶν οὐδὲν ὑμῖν προσηκόντων Epist. Phil. ap. D.12.23;τῆς ἀρχῆς D.39.19
;τῆς πολιτείας Arist.Pol. 1280a6
, cf. 1283a11; τρία τὰ ἀμφισβητοῦντα τῆς ἰσότητος three things which claim equal shares in.., 1294a19;τῆς μεσότητος ἀ. τὰ ἄκρα EN 1125b18
:—also ἀ. πρός τι make a claim with reference to a standard, Pol. 1283a24.b [dialect] Att. law-term, lay claim to property of deceased or guardianship of heiress, χρημάτων Jsoc.19.3;κλήρου D.3.5
, 44.38;κληρονομίας Is.3.1
: abs., 3.61, 6.3; ; πρὸς διαθήκην in defiance of a will, Isoc.19.1.4 c. acc. rei, dispute point, be at issue upon it,ἓν τουτὶ ἀμφισβητοῦμεν Pl.Grg. 472d
;οὐκ ἀληθῆ ἀ. Mx. 242d
; cf. ἀμφισβητητέον.5 c. acc. et inf., argue, maintain that..,ἀ. εἶναί τι Id.Grg. 452c
, cf. D.27.62, etc.; but ἀ. ὅτι ἐστί τι dispute the fact that.., Pl.Smp. 215b: with neg., argue or maintain that it is not,τὸ μὴ οὐχὶ ἡδέα εἶναι τὰ ἡδέα λόγος οὐδεὶς ἀ. Phlb. 13a
;ἠμφεσβήτει μὴ ἀληθῆ λέγειν ἐμέ D.19.19
;ἀ. ὡς οὐκ ἀληθῆ λέγει τις Pl.R. 476d
,al.: οὐδεὶς ἀ. περὶ τούτων, ὡς οὐ .. Arist.Pol. 1287b17;σὺ δὲ ἀμφισβητῶν ἀνὴρ εἶναι Aeschin.2.148
.II [voice] Pass., to be the subject of dispute, to be in question,ἀμφισβητεῖταί τι Pl.R. 581e
, etc.: impers., ;περί τινος R. 457e
; ;ὁ πολίτης ἀ.
is a debatable term,Arist.
Pol. 1275a2; τὰ ἀμφισβητούμενα, = ἀμφισβητήματα, Th. 6.10, 7.18, Isoc.4.19, Pl.Lg. 641e, etc.Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἀμφισβητέω
См. также в других словарях:
lay for — I (Roget s IV) v. Syn. await, waylay, wait; see ambush , attack 1 . II (Roget s Thesaurus II) verb Informal. To wait concealed in order to attack (someone): Idioms: lay wait for, lie in wait for. See ATTACK, SHOW … English dictionary for students
lay for — {v.}, {informal} To hide and wait for in order to catch or attack; to lie in wait for. * /The bandits laid for him along the road./ * /I knew he had the marks for the exam, so I was laying for him outside his office./ … Dictionary of American idioms
lay for — {v.}, {informal} To hide and wait for in order to catch or attack; to lie in wait for. * /The bandits laid for him along the road./ * /I knew he had the marks for the exam, so I was laying for him outside his office./ … Dictionary of American idioms
lay\ for — v informal To hide and wait for in order to catch or attack; to lie in wait for. The bandits laid for him along the road. I knew he had the marks for the exam, so I was laying for him outside his office … Словарь американских идиом
lay for — phrasal : to lie in wait for : prepare to capture or attack : ambush … Useful english dictionary
To lay for — Lay Lay, v. i. 1. To produce and deposit eggs. [1913 Webster] 2. (Naut.) To take a position; to come or go; as, to lay forward; to lay aloft. [1913 Webster] 3. To lay a wager; to bet. [1913 Webster] {To lay about}, or {To lay about one}, to… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
lay — lay1 [lā] vt. laid, laying [ME leyen, new formation < 3d pers. sing. of earlier leggen < OE lecgan, lit., to make lie (akin to Goth lagjan, Ger legen) < pt. base of OE licgan, to LIE1] 1. to cause to come down or fall with force; knock… … English World dictionary
Lay — Lay, v. i. 1. To produce and deposit eggs. [1913 Webster] 2. (Naut.) To take a position; to come or go; as, to lay forward; to lay aloft. [1913 Webster] 3. To lay a wager; to bet. [1913 Webster] {To lay about}, or {To lay about one}, to strike… … The Collaborative International Dictionary of English
lay — lay, lie These two words cause confusion even to native speakers of English because their meanings are related and their forms overlap. Lay is a transitive verb, i.e. it takes an object, and means ‘to place on a surface, to cause to rest on… … Modern English usage
lay, lie — Lay means to place and is a transitive verb requiring an object. Lie, in the context here, means to recline, is intransitive, and takes no object. I shall lay the rug on the floor. Please lie down here. The principal parts of lay are lay, laid,… … Dictionary of problem words and expressions
lay — lay1 /lay/, v., laid, laying, n. v.t. 1. to put or place in a horizontal position or position of rest; set down: to lay a book on a desk. 2. to knock or beat down, as from an erect position; strike or throw to the ground: One punch laid him low.… … Universalium